ት Tergwame Greek · Coptic · Ethiopic · Syriac · Armenian · Georgian · Latin

Greek · Other ·

PG_91A_2

Maximus Confessor · khazarzar

BothSourceEnglish
JSON Dossier
machine-draft · no human review 540 passages · 131,491 words

About this work

Apparatus · what the pipeline recorded

Annotation and terms

0 commentary units 6 derived notes 0 open questions 540 narrative
What the kinds mean

Pipeline notes

  • coverageNo English translation could be identified: a language model asked twice could not name one, though it could not rule one out either. That is not proof that none exists — translations in dissertations, recent books and other modern languages are easily missed.
  • limitThe English is a machine draft produced passage by passage from the transcribed Greek; no human has verified it. The commentary is model-written and cites only keys the pipeline could resolve.
  • registerRegister: other in ancient Greek; the English keeps the liturgical formulae and the vocatives rather than normalising them.
  • structurePassages: 540 narrative.
  • caution3 passage(s) are fragmentary in the source; the English bridges each break and says so in the note.
  • scripture3 scriptural phrase match(es) noted: John 1:14; Luke 1:28; Psalm 118:24.
  • sourceSource edition: khazarzar.

Term index

CopticRenderingCountFirst
no glossary terms recorded
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:1 · narrative
Source
ΑΠΑΝΤΑ, ΜΑΞΙΜΟΥ τοῦ ΟΜΟΛΟΓΗΤΟΥ * ος Τόμος Β ΠΡΟΣ ΘΑΛΑΣΣΙΟΝ ος Τόμος Γ 100... συνέχεια... ΠΡΟΣ ΘΑΛΑΣΣΙΟΝ ος Τόμος Β ΠΡΟΣ ΘΑΛΑΣΣΙΟΝ * ΤΑΔΕ ΕΝΕΣΤΙΝ ΕΝ Τῼ ΔΕ Τῼ ΠΡΩΤῼ ΒΙΒΛΙῼ ΤΩΝ ΑΠΟΡΩΝ ΤΗΣ ΘΕΙΑΣ ΓΡΑΦΗΣ ΜΑΞΙΜΟΥ ΜΟΝΑΧΟΥ ΠΡΟΛΟΓΟΣ ΤΩΝ ΠΑΡΑΚΕΙΜΕΝΩΝ ΕΝ ΤΟΙΣ ΜΕΤΩΠΙΟΙΣ ΣΧΟΛΙΩΝ Φυσικὸν μὲν τοῖς λογικοῖς πέφυκε κάλλος ὁ λόγος· λόγου δὲ κάλλος ἡ κατὰ τὸν λόγον ἀκριβὴς τῶν λογικῶν ἐστι σύνεσις· συνέσεως δὲ κάλλος ἐστὶν ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν σὺν λόγῳ τῶν λογικῶν γόνιμος ἕξις· ταύτης δὲ κάλλος τῆς ἕξεως ἡ περὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ γνῶσιν ἀπλανὴς θεωρία καθέστηκεν, ἧς τέλος ἐστὶν ἡ σοφία, συνέσεως ὑπάρχουσα σαφεστάτη συμπλήρωσις, οἷα δὴ λόγος τυγχάνουσα κατὰ φύσιν τετελεσμένος, ὅστις ἐστὶ νοῦς καθαρός, τῇ περὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἑνώσει σχέσιν λαβὼν ὑπὲρ νόησιν· καθ᾽ ἥν, ἀποπαύσας τὴν πολυποίκιλον πρὸς τὰ μετὰ τὴν αἰτίαν φυσικὴν αὐτοῦ κίνησίν τε καὶ σχέσιν, μόνης ἀγνώστως ἀντέχεται, κατὰ τὴν ἄφθεγκτον λῆξιν γεγενημένος, τῆς ὑπὲρ νόησιν παμμακαρίστου σιγῆς, ἣν δηλῶσαι παντελῶς οὐ δύναται λόγος ἢ νόησις, ἀλλὰ μόνη κατὰ τὴν μέθεξιν ἡ πεῖρα τῶν ἀξιωθέντων τῆς ὑπὲρ νόησιν ἀπολαύσεως, ἧς σημεῖόν ἐστιν εὔγνωστόν τε καὶ πᾶσι κατάδηλον ἡ κατὰ διάθεσιν πρὸς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτον παντελὴς ἀναισθησία τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ διάστασις.
English
THE COMPLETE WORKS OF MAXIMUS THE CONFESSOR * Volume 2, To Thalassius; Volume 3, To Thalassius; 100... continued... To Thalassius, Volume 2, To Thalassius * THE FOLLOWING ARE CONTAINED IN THE FIRST BOOK OF THE DIFFICULTIES OF DIVINE SCRIPTURE BY MAXIMUS THE MONK: A PREFACE TO THE SCHOLIA PLACED IN THE MARGINS Reason is by nature the beauty of rational beings; and the beauty of reason is the accurate understanding of rational beings according to reason; and the beauty of understanding is the fruitful habit of rational beings in accordance with virtue together with reason; and the beauty of this habit is the unerring contemplation concerning true knowledge, whose end is wisdom, being the most manifest completion of understanding, inasmuch as it is a reason perfected according to nature—which is a pure intellect, having taken on a relation beyond thought through its union with the Cause; by which, having ceased its manifold natural motion and relation toward the things after the Cause, it cleaves unknowably to that alone, having come to be in the unutterable lot of the all-blessed silence beyond thought, which neither reason nor thought is wholly able to make manifest, but only, through participation, the experience of those deemed worthy of the enjoyment beyond thought, of which the clear and to all evident sign is the soul's complete insensibility toward and separation from this present age in disposition.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:2 · narrative
Source
Ἐντεῦθεν, εἰδὼς μηδὲν λόγου κατὰ φύσιν εἶναι τοῖς λογικοῖς οἰκειότερον, μήτε μὴν τῆς περὶ αὐτὸν τριβῆς καὶ συνέσεως τοῖς φιλοθέοις πρὸς εὐδοξίαν Τό ἔργο τοῦ ἁγίου Μαξίμου χωρίστηκε σέ τόμους καί ἀναγράφονται οἱ σελίδες σύμφωνα μέ τή σειρά ʺΓΡΗΓΟΡΙΟΣ Ο ΠΑΛΑΜΑΣʺ τῶν ἐκδόσεων ʺΤΟ ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟΝʺ Θεσσαλονίκη 1992, ΦΙΛΟΚΑΛΙΑ ΤΩΝ ΝΗΠΤΙΚΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΑΣΚΗΤΙΚΩΝ, γιά νά μπορεῖ εὔκολα ὁ ἀναγνώστης νά συμβουλεύεται μετάφραση. Τό κείμενο προέρχεται ἀπό τρεῖς πηγές: 1) ἀπό τήν ἠλεκτρονική βιβλιοθήκη ἑλληνικῶν κειμένων,, ( :// ), 2) κείμενα πού δέν περιλαμβάνονται στό ἀπό τήν πατρολογία τοῦ, τόμος ος καί ος (τά δακτυλογράφησε ἡ μητέρα τοῦ π. Ἀρσενίου Μέσκου), καί 3) τά σχόλια στά ἔργα τοῦ ἁγίου Διονυσίου τοῦ Ἀρεοπαγίτη ἀπό τίς ἐκδόσεις ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟ, τό κείμενο περάστηκε ἀπό σκάνερ, ἀκολούθησε ὀπτική ἀναγνώριση χαρακτήρων καί ἔλεγχος. Τόμος καί σελίδα γιά τίς ἐκδόσεις ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟ ἀναγράφονται μέ τόν ἀκόλουθο τρόπο:, δηλαδή ἀκολουθεῖ ἡ δέκατη σελίδα τοῦ Β τόμου. Ἐπίσης ὑπάρχει καί ἔνδειξη γιά τήν σελίδα τῆς πατρολογίας ὅταν τό κείμενο προέρχεται ἀπό ἐκεῖ.
English
From this, knowing that nothing according to reason is more akin to rational beings, nor indeed is the practice and understanding concerning it more conducive to good repute for the lovers of God. The work of Saint Maximus has been divided into volumes, and the pages are recorded according to the order of the "GREGORY PALAMAS" editions of "TO BYZANTION," Thessaloniki 1992, PHILOKALIA OF THE NEPTIC AND ASCETIC FATHERS, so that the reader may easily consult a translation. The text comes from three sources: 1) from the electronic library of Greek texts, ( :// ), 2) texts not included in the [edition] from the Patrologia of [Migne], volumes 90 and 91 (typed by the mother of Fr. Arsenios Meskos), and 3) the scholia on the works of Saint Dionysius the Areopagite from the BYZANTION editions; the text was passed through a scanner, followed by optical character recognition and proofreading. The volume and page for the BYZANTION editions are recorded in the following manner: , that is, the tenth page of volume B follows. There is also an indication of the page of the Patrologia when the text comes from there.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:3 · narrative
Source
* Τό κείμενο προέρχεται ἀπό τήν πατρολογία τοῦ, σέ ἀντιπαράθεση μέ τό κείμενο τῶν ἐκδόσεων ʺΤΟ ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟΝʺ τῆς σειρᾶς ʺΓΡΗΓΟΡΙΟΣ Ο ΠΑΛΑΜΑΣʺ * Θεσσαλονίκη 1992, ΦΙΛΟΚΑΛΙΑ ΤΩΝ ΝΗΠΤΙΚΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΑΣΚΗΤΙΚΩΝ, τόμος Β. ἁρμοδιώτερον φημὶ δὲ λόγον, οὐ τὸν ἐκ τέχνης ἐν προφορᾷ κατ᾽ εὐγλωττίαν πρὸς ἀκοῆς ἡδονὴν κομψῶς γεγοητευμένον, ὃν ἀσκεῖσθαι καὶ μοχθηροὶ δύναιντ᾽ ἂν ἄνδρες ἐπιτηδεύοντες, ἀλλ᾽ ὃν ἡ φύσις οὐσιωδῶς καὶ δίχα μαθήσεως κατὰ διάθεσιν ἔχει κρυπτόμενον πρός τε τὴν ἄπταιστον τῶν ὄντων διάσκεψιν καὶ τῆς ἐν ὅλοις ἀληθείας διάληψιν, ὃν καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ ἅγιον, καλῶς ταῖς ἀρεταῖς διαπλασθέντα, πρὸς συμβίωσιν πέφυκεν ἄγεσθαι καὶ θεῖον ἄγαλμα τῆς καθ᾽ ὁμοίωσιν ὡραιότητος αὐτοῦ κατασκευάζειν μηδενὶ τῶν προσόντων φυσικῶς τῇ θεότητι κατὰ τὴν χάριν λειπόμενον (ὄργανον γάρ ἐστιν ὅλην ἐπιστημόνως συλλεγόμενον τὴν νοητῶς ἐν τοῖς οὖσι ἀπαστράπτουσαν τῆς θείας ἀγαθότητος ἔμφασιν, δι᾽ ἧς, ἐμβατεύων τῇ τῶν ὄντων μεγαλουργίᾳ, πρὸς τὴν γενέτην φέρει τε καὶ φέρεται τῶν ὄντων αἰτίαν τοὺς αὐτῷ διόλου ποιώσαντας τὴν ὅλην ὁρμὴν τῆς ἐνούσης αὐτοῖς κατὰ φύσιν ἐφέσεως, μηδενὶ τῶν μετὰ τὴν αἰτίαν παντελῶς κρατουμένους), ὃν ἡμεῖς περιέποντες πάντων μὲν καθιστάμεθα τῶν πονηρῶν παθῶν πανδαμάτορες, μηδενὶ τῶν παρὰ φύσιν δουλούμενοι, πασῶν δὲ τῶν θείων ἀναδεικνύμεθα πράκτορες ἀρετῶν, παντὶ δηλονότι καλῷ τὸ κατὰ τὴν ὕλην αἶσχος τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς κάλλος πνευματικὸν ἀποξέοντες·
English
I call more fitting reason, not the reason that comes from craft in utterance, cleverly bewitched by eloquence for the pleasure of hearing, which even wicked men could practice if they pursued it, but the reason that nature possesses substantially and without learning, hidden in disposition, for the unerring examination of things that exist and the discernment of the truth in all things—the reason that the Holy Spirit of God, when it has been well formed by the virtues, is naturally led to dwell with and to fashion into a divine ornament of beauty according to His likeness, lacking in nothing of the qualities that naturally belong to the Godhead, according to grace (for it is an instrument that knowledgeably gathers the whole impression of divine goodness that shines forth intelligibly in things that exist, through which, entering into the mighty works of things that exist, it brings and is brought to the generating cause of things that exist—those who have made their whole impulse of the natural desire within them entirely directed toward it, being utterly mastered by nothing of the things that come after the cause)—this reason we cultivate, and we become tamers of all evil passions, enslaved to nothing contrary to nature, and we are shown forth as doers of all the divine virtues, clearly scraping away, by every good means, the ugliness of the soul that comes from matter into spiritual beauty.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:4 · narrative
Source
ἔνθα γὰρ λόγος κρατεῖ, τὸ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν πέφυκεν ἀπογίνεσθαι κράτος, ἐν ᾧ τῆς ἁμαρτίας πέφυρταί πως ἡ δύναμις, πρὸς οἶκτον τῆς συγγενοῦς καθ᾽ ὑπόστασιν σαρκὸς τὴν ψυχὴν δι᾽ ἡδονῆς ὑποσύρουσα· καθ᾽ ἥν, ὡς ἔργον αὐτῇ φυσικὸν ἐγχειρίσασα τὴν ἐμπαθῆ καὶ καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν τῆς σαρκὸς ἐπιμέλειαν, ἀπάγει τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ζωῆς καὶ πείθει τῆς ἀνυποστάτου κακίας αὐτὴν γενέσθαι δημιουργόν· κακία γάρ ἐστι ψυχῆς νοερᾶς ἡ λήθη τῶν κατὰ φύσιν καλῶν, ἥτις ἐκ τῆς περὶ τὴν σάρκα τε καὶ κόσμον ἐμπαθοῦς ἐπιγίνεται σχέσεως, ἣν ἀφανίζει στρατηγῶν ὁ λόγος, καὶ κατ᾽ ἐπιστήμην πνευματικὴν τήν τε τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς διερευνώμενος γένεσίν τε καὶ φύσιν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν συγγενῆ τῶν νοητῶν τὴν ψυχὴν χώραν ἐλαύνων, πρὸς ἣν ὁ νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας οὐδεμίαν ποιεῖται διάβασιν, οὐκ ἔχων καθάπερ γέφυραν πρὸς τὸν νοῦν διαβιβάζουσαν αὐτὸν ἔτι τὴν αἴσθησιν, διαλυθεῖσαν ἤδη πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν κατὰ τὴν σχέσιν καὶ τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἐναπορριφεῖσαν θεάμασιν, ὧν διαβὰς τὴν σχέσιν καὶ τὴν φύσιν ὁ νοῦς παντελῶς οὐκ αἰσθάνεται.
English
For where reason prevails, the power that belongs to sense naturally passes away, in which the strength of sin is in some way mingled, dragging the soul through pleasure toward pity for the kindred flesh according to subsistence; and by this, having entrusted to it as its natural work the passionate care of the flesh according to pleasure, it leads it away from the life according to nature and persuades it to become the maker of non-subsistent evil. For evil is the forgetfulness of the soul endowed with intellect regarding the good things according to nature, which arises from the passionate attachment to the flesh and the world, an attachment which reason, taking command, makes to vanish, and by spiritual knowledge searches out both the origin and the nature of the world and of the flesh, and drives the soul toward the kindred region of intelligible things, to which the law of sin makes no crossing, since it no longer has, as a bridge to carry it across to the mind, the sense that has already been dissolved in relation to the soul according to attachment and has been cast down among sensible spectacles, whose attachment and nature the mind, having crossed over, does not perceive at all.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:5 · narrative
Source
Τοῦτο, καθάπερ ἔφην, εἰδώς, δεῖν ᾠήθην ἑτέραν τινὰ τῷ παρόντι λόγῳ τῆσδε τῆς συγγραφῆς δοῦναι βοήθειαν τὴν τῶν παρατεθέντων ἐν τοῖς μετωπίοις σχολίων γραφήν, αὐτόν τε πρὸς κάλλος συμπληροῦσαν τὸν λόγον καὶ τοῖς ἐντευξομένοις ἡδυτέραν τὴν ἐν τοῖς νοήμασι παρεχομένην ἑστίασιν καὶ πάσης ἁπλῶς γινομένην τῆς ἐμφερομένης τῇ συγγραφῇ διανοίας σαφήνειαν. Μετὰ γὰρ τὴν ἔκδοσιν ἀναγνοὺς τὴν ὅλην πραγματείαν, εὑρών τέ τινας μὲν τόπους δεομένους σαφηνείας, τινὰς δὲ προσθήκης διανοίας, καὶ ἄλλους μετρίας τινὸς ἐπὶ τῷ κειμένῳ κατὰ τὴν ἔκδοσιν ἐπενθυμήσεως, ταύτην ἐποιησάμην, ὡς ἔφην, τὴν τῶν σχολίων γραφήν, ἁρμόσας ἑκάστῳ τόπῳ τὸ προσῆκον ἐνθύμημα. Διὸ παρακαλῶ πάντας τοὺς ἐντευξομένους ἢ καὶ μεταγράψοντας καὶ τὴν τῶν σχολίων ἔξωθεν ἀναγνῶναι καὶ παραθέσθαι γραφὴν κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστου σημείωσιν, ἵν᾽ ἄρτιος ᾖ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ὁ λόγος, μηδενὶ παρημελημένῳ παντελῶς κολοβούμενος. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Σχόλια λέγονται τὰ λαμβανόμενα ἐκ τῆς Γραφῆς καὶ εὑρισκόμενα τρόπῳ τινὶ ἔξωθεν τοῦ βιβλίου ὡς προμετωπίδες, ὧν ἡ ἔκθεσις ἔχει ἐσωτερικὴν συνάφειαν. Ἰδίᾳ δὲ σχόλια λέγεται ἡ ὑμνολογία, τουτέστιν οἱ ἐπίσημοι λόγοι.
English
Knowing this, as I said, I thought it necessary to give this present discourse another kind of assistance—namely, the writing of the scholia set out in the margins, which both completes the discourse itself toward beauty and renders the intellectual feasting sweeter for those who encounter it, and simply becomes a clarification of the whole meaning contained in the work. For after the publication, having read through the entire treatise, and having found some passages needing clarification, others needing an addition of thought, and still others needing some moderate reflection upon the text as published, I made this writing of the scholia, as I said, fitting the appropriate reflection to each passage. Therefore I exhort all who will encounter it, or even copy it, to read and set alongside the writing of the scholia from outside, according to each one's marking, so that the discourse may be complete in every way, not maimed by any part being entirely neglected. SCHOLIA 1. Scholia are so called because they are taken from the Scripture and found in some manner outside the book, as it were frontispieces, whose exposition has an inner coherence. But scholia is also used in a particular sense for the hymnody, that is, the notable discourses.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:6 · narrative
Source
2. Ἐπίσημον ρητορείαν φησὶ τὴν δημιουργηθεῖσαν μᾶλλον ἐκ τῆς τέχνης, παρὰ ἐκ τῆς φύσεως. 3. Ἐπεὶ ὁ λόγος διαφθείρεται ὑπό τῆς αἰσθήσεως, ὑφέλκει τὴν ψυχὴ ἐκ τῆς συγγενοῦς αὐτῆς σαρκός ὅσῃ δυνάμει καὶ ποιεῖ αὐτὴν οἰκείαν τῷ Θεῷ. Ἡ ψυχὴ λέγεται ὅτι συγγενής ἐστι τῆς σαρκός δυσὶ τρόποις· ἤ ὡς συναποτελεοῦσα ἡ ψυχή μετά τῆς σαρκὸς μίαν ὑπόστασιν ἤ ὡς δεικνύουσα ἀνυπακοὴν τῷ λόγῳ καὶ συνδεόμενη μετὰ τῆς σαρκὸς μέσῳ τῆς αἰσθήσεως. 4. Δύναμίν φησι αὐτὸν τὸν θεῖον φωτισμόν, ἥτις ἀεί, ὡς τὸ φῶς τοῖς ὁφθαλμοῖς, παροῦσά ἐστι τῷ λόγῳ, διδάσκουσα τὴν ψυχὴν τὰς φυσικὰς ἀρετὰς καὶ ἀνακαλοῦσα αὐτὴν διὰ τῆς σαρκικῆς ἐπιθυμίας. 5. Ὁ νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐστὶ ἡ ἐμπαθής διάθεσις τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὴν ὕλην, τουτέστι πρὸς τὰ σωματικὰ. 6. Γέφυρα τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστι ἡ αἴσθησις ἡ ἀποχωρισμένη τῶν αἰσθητῶν, δι' ἧς αὕτη ἀναβαίνει τῷ λόγῳ, διὰ τοῦ λόγου τῷ διανοίᾳ καὶ διὰ τῆς διανοίας τῷ Θεῷ. 7. Ἐντευξομένους φησὶ τοὺς προσηλωμένους εἰς τὰς σπουδὰς τῆς πνευματικῆς φιλοσοφίας.
English
2. He calls "distinguished rhetoric" that which is produced more by art than by nature. 3. Since the reason is corrupted by the senses, it draws the soul away from the flesh that is akin to it, with all its power, and makes it belong to God. The soul is said to be akin to the flesh in two ways: either because the soul, together with the flesh, completes one hypostasis, or because it shows disobedience to the reason and is bound together with the flesh through the senses. 4. He calls "power" the divine illumination itself, which is always present to the reason, as light is to the eyes, teaching the soul the natural virtues and calling it back from fleshly desire. 5. The law of sin is the passionate disposition of the soul toward matter, that is, toward bodily things. 6. The bridge of the soul is the sense separated from the sensible objects, through which the soul ascends by the reason, and through the reason to the intellect, and through the intellect to God. 7. He calls those who are devoted to the pursuits of spiritual philosophy "those who will engage.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:7 · narrative
Source
8. Πραγματείαν λέγει ἅπαντα τὰ ἐρωτήματα τοῦ Θαλασσίου, εἰς ἅ, ἀπαντῶν κατὰ σειράν, παρέθεσε ἑκάστην τῶν ἀπαντήσεων, τουτέστι τα σχόλια, εἰς ἑκάστην ἔκθεσιν, ὅπερ ἔδειξε πᾶσι τοῖς ἀναγνώσταις καὶ ἀντιγραφοῖς ὅτι ποιεῖ τὸ βιβλίον τοῦτο. 9. Σαφήνειαν λέγει, ὡς οἶμαι, τὸν ἑρμηνευτικὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐκθέσεως· προσθήκην ὄχι μόνον ἅπερ ὁ Θαλάσσιος προβάλλει ἐκ τῆς Γραφῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσα ἔτι προστίθησι καὶ ἑρμηνεύει ὁ ἴδιος· ὑπενθύμισις ὑπάρχει ἔνθα μετ' ἐξαίρετου σαφηνείας καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς ἐκθέσεως εἰσάγει ὑψηλοτάτας ἐννοίας. ΠΡΟΟΙΜΙΟΝ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΟΝ ΕΠΙΤΑΞΑΝΤΑ ΤΗΝ ΣΥΓΓΡΑΦΗΝ ΠΡΟΣ ΘΑΛΑΣΣΙΟΝ ΟΣΙΩΤΑΤΟΝ ΠΡΕΣΒΥΤΕΡΟΝ ΚΑΙ ΗΓΟΥΜΕΝΟΝ ΠΕΡΙ ΔΙΑΦΟΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΡΩΝ ΤΗΣ ΑΓΙΑΣ ΓΡΑΦΗΣ Τῷ ὁσιωτάτῳ δούλῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ κυρίῳ Θαλασσίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ καὶ ἡγουμένῳ Μάξιμος ταπεινὸς μονάζων χαίρειν Τῆς σαρκὸς κατὰ τὴν σχέσιν λογικῶς τὴν ψυχὴν ἀποχωρίσας καὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ὁλικῶς διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐκσπάσας τὸν νοῦν, ἄνθρωπε τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν μὲν ἀρετῶν κατέστησας μητέρα πολύγονον, τὸν δὲ θείας πηγὴν ἀένναον ἀπέδειξας γνώσεως, εἰς χρῆσιν μόνον τῆς τῶν κρειττόνων οἰκονομίας τὴν πρὸς τὴν σάρκα τῆς ψυχῆς συζυγίαν ποιησάμενος καὶ πρὸς κατανόησιν τῆς τῶν ὁρωμένων μεγαλουργίας ὄργανον κεκτημένος τὴν αἴσθησιν, τὴν μὲν πρακτικῶς διὰ τοῦ ἤθους πρὸς εἶδος τυπούμενον τὸ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν τῆς ψυχῆς δεχομένην κλέος καὶ τοῖς ἔξω προφαίνουσαν, ἵν᾽ ἔχωμεν ἀρετῆς εἰκόνα, πρὸς μίμησιν προβεβλημένον, τὸν ὑμέτερον βίον, τὴν δέ, τοῖς τῶν ὁρωμένων σχήμασι τοὺς λόγους τῶν νοητῶν
English
8. He calls "treatise" all the questions of Thalassius, to which, responding in order, he set beside each one of the answers—that is, the scholia—for each exposition, which he showed to all the readers and copyists, that this book does this. 9. He calls "clearness," as I think, the interpretive manner of the exposition; "addition" not only the things that Thalassius puts forward from the Scripture, but also whatever the same man further adds and interprets; there is a "reminder" where, with exceptional clearness and in the manner of the exposition, he introduces the most lofty thoughts. PROLOGUE TO THE ONE WHO COMMANDED THE WRITING, TO THALASSIUS, MOST HOLY PRESBYTER AND HEGUMEN, CONCERNING VARIOUS DIFFICULTIES OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. To the most holy servant of God, the lord Thalassius, presbyter and hegumen, Maximus, humble monk, greeting. Having reasonably separated the soul from the flesh according to relation, and having wholly drawn the mind out of the senses through the Spirit, O man of God, you have established the mother of virtues, fruitful in many offspring, and you have shown the ever-flowing fountain of divine knowledge, making the soul's union with the flesh only for the use of the economy of better things, and possessing the senses as an instrument for the understanding of the great workmanship of things seen; the one, practically through character being formed toward the form of virtue, receiving the glory of the soul according to virtue and displaying it to those outside, so that we may have an image of virtue, set forth for imitation, your life; the other, by the shapes of things seen, the principles of things intelligible—
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:8 · narrative
Source
συμβολικῶς ἐγχαράττουσαν καὶ δι᾽ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὴν ἁπλότητα τῶν νοητῶν θεαμάτων τὸν νοῦν ἀναβιβάζουσαν, πάσης καθαρῶς ἀπολυθέντα τῆς ἐν τοῖς ὁρωμένοις ποικιλίας τε καὶ συνθέσεως, ἵν᾽ ἔχωμεν ἀληθείας ὁδὸν ἀπλανῆ τὴν ὑμετέραν γνῶσιν τῆς πρὸς τὰ νοητὰ διαβάσεως. Ἐντεῦθεν, μετὰ τὴν τελείαν τῆς πρὸς αἴσθησίν τε καὶ σάρκα σχετικῆς προσπαθείας ἀπόθεσιν, τῷ ἀπείρῳ πελάγει τῶν λογίων τοῦ Πνεύματος μετ᾽ ἐπιστήμης κατὰ νοῦν εὐτόνως διανηχόμενος, ἐρευνᾷς μετὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος τὰ βάθη τοῦ Πνεύματος· παρ᾽ οὗ δεξάμενος τὴν τῶν κεκρυμμένων μυστηρίων φανέρωσιν, διὰ πολλήν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ταπεινοφροσύνην, πολλῶν τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς ἀπορουμένων κεφαλαίων χάρτην πληρώσας ἀπέστειλας, ζητῶν καὶ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ τοῦ πάσης ἀρετῆς ἐρήμου καὶ γνώσεως ἑκάστου κεφαλαίου κατὰ τὴν ἀναγωγικὴν θεωρίαν τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἔγγραφον. Ὃν δεξάμενος καὶ ἀναγνούς, καταπλαγεὶς καὶ νοῦν καὶ ἀκοὴν καὶ διάνοιαν, ᾔτουν ὑμᾶς ἐκλιπαρῶν περὶ τούτου συγγνώμην τῆς παραιτήσεως, μόλις εἶναι λέγων προσιτὰ τὰ ζητούμενα καὶ τοῖς ἄγαν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐν θεωρίᾳ διαβεβηκόσι καὶ περὶ τὸ τέλος που τῆς ὑψηλοτάτης καὶ ἀνεφίκτου τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐφθακόσι γνώσεως, μὴ ὅτι γε ἐμοὶ τῷ κατὰ γῆν ἐρριμμένῳ καὶ κατὰ τὸν ὄφιν ἄλλην, ὡς ἡ παλαιὰ κατάρα, μετὰ τὴν γῆν τῶν παθῶν βρῶσιν οὐκ ἔχοντι καὶ σκώληκος δίκην ἱλυσπωμένῳ τῇ σήψει τῶν ἡδονῶν.
English
symbolically imprinting and through them raising the mind up to the simplicity of the intelligible visions, once it has been cleanly released from all the variety and composition found in things seen, so that we may have as an unerring road of truth your own knowledge of the passage to things intelligible. From there, after the complete setting aside of the relational attachment to sense and flesh, sailing vigorously with understanding through the boundless sea of the oracles of the Spirit, you search out with the Spirit the depths of the Spirit; from whom having received the manifestation of the hidden mysteries, through great humility, as it seems, you filled a sheet of paper with many perplexing chapters of Holy Scripture and sent it, seeking also from me, who am destitute of every virtue and of knowledge, the written answer to each chapter according to the anagogical contemplation. Having received and read it, I was struck in mind and hearing and thought, and I kept begging you, entreating pardon for declining this, saying that the things sought are barely accessible even to those who have advanced very far in contemplation and have somehow reached the end of the highest knowledge, which is unattainable to others—let alone to me, who am cast down to the earth and, like the serpent, according to the ancient curse, have no other food after the earth but the eating of the passions, and crawl like a worm in the rottenness of pleasures.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:9 · narrative
Source
Καὶ τοῦτο πολλάκις καὶ ἐπὶ πολὺ ποιήσας, ὡς εὗρον μὴ δεχομένους ὑμᾶς τὴν ἐμὴν περὶ τούτου παράκλησιν, δείσας μή τι πάθῃ τὸ χρῆμα τῆς ἀγάπης, καθ᾽ ἣν ἀλλήλοις συγκραθέντες μίαν ἔχομεν ψυχήν, κἂν δύο σώματα φέρωμεν, εἰς πρόφασιν ἀπειθείας, ὡς εἰκός, νομισθείσης ὑμῖν τῆς ἐμῆς παραιτήσεως, κατετόλμησα καὶ μὴ θέλων τῶν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν, κατηγορηθῆναι μᾶλλον προπέτειαν καὶ γελᾶσθαι κρεῖττον ἡγούμενος παρὰ τῶν βουλομένων ἢ τὴν ἀγάπην κατά τι δέξασθαι σάλον καὶ μείωσιν, ἧς οὐδὲν τῶν μετὰ Θεόν ἐστι τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσι τιμιώτερον, μᾶλλον δὲ τῷ Θεῷ προσφιλέστερον, ὡς τοὺς διῃρημένους εἰς ἓν συναγούσης καὶ μίαν ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἢ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀστασίαστον κατὰ τὴν γνώμην δημιουργῆσαι δυναμένης ταὐτότητα. Καί μοι σύγγνωθι πρῶτος αὐτός, τίμιε πάτερ, τῆς ἐγχειρήσεως, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους αἴτει προπετείας ἀφίεσθαί με, καὶ ἵλεώ μοι τὸν Θεὸν ταῖς εὐχαῖς κατάστησον καὶ τῶν λεγομένων συλλήπτορα, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς ὅλης καὶ ὀρθῆς γενέσθαι περὶ ἑκάστου κεφαλαίου χορηγὸν ἀποκρίσεως· παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ γάρ ἐστι πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον ὡς πηγῆς καὶ Πατρὸς τῶν ἀναλόγως τοῖς ἀξίοις χορηγουμένων πασῶν φωτιστικῶν γνώσεών τε καὶ δυνάμεων. Ὑμῖν γὰρ θαρρῶν τὸ ὑμέτερον κατεδεξάμην ἐπίταγμα, τῆς εὐπειθείας μισθὸν ἐκδεχόμενος τὴν δι᾽ ὑμῶν θείαν εὐμένειαν.
English
And having done this often and at length, when I found that you did not accept my entreaty concerning this matter, fearing lest the bond of love suffer some harm—the love by which, having been fused together with one another, we have one soul, even if we bear two bodies—lest my refusal, reasonably supposed by you as a pretext for disobedience, should be taken as such, I dared, even unwillingly, to attempt things beyond my strength, judging it better to be accused of rashness and to be laughed at by those who wish it than that love should receive any disturbance and diminution, than which nothing, after God, is more honorable to those who have understanding—or rather, more dear to God, since it is able to gather those who are divided into one and to create in the many, or in all, a single identity of mind free from faction. And forgive me first yourself, honored father, for this undertaking, and ask the others to pardon me for my rashness, and by your prayers establish God as propitious to me and as a helper in what is said—or rather, as the provider of the whole and correct answer concerning each chapter. For from him is every good gift and every perfect bestowal, as from the source and Father of all illuminating knowledges and powers that are granted proportionately to those who are worthy. For trusting in you, I have accepted your command, expecting as the reward of my obedience the divine favor that comes through you.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:10 · narrative
Source
Ἕκαστον δὲ τῶν κεφαλαίων εἱρμῷ τε καὶ τάξει, καθὼς παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἐγράφη, προθείς, πρὸς ἔπος ποιήσομαι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ὡς οἷόν τε σύντομον καὶ ὁριστικήν, καθ᾽ ὅσον οἷός τε ὦ καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ νοεῖν τε καὶ λέγειν εὐσεβῶς θεόθεν χορηγοῦμαι χάριν καὶ δύναμιν, ἵνα μὴ πλήθει λόγων βαρήσωμεν τῶν ἐντευξομένων τὴν ἀκοήν, καὶ μάλιστα πρὸς ὑμᾶς γε τὸν λόγον ποιούμενος τοὺς γνωστικοὺς ὄντως καὶ ἀκριβεῖς τῶν θείων θεάμονας καὶ τῶν παθῶν διαβάντας τὴν ὄχλησιν καὶ τὴν ὅλην παρελθόντας σχέσιν τῆς φύσεως καὶ τῶν καθηκόντων κεκτημένους τὸν λόγον ἡγεμόνα καὶ δικαστὴν δικαιότατον, καὶ τὸν νοῦν διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὸ κρεῖττον ἀνοησίας εἰς τὸν ἐνδότατον τῆς θείας ἀφθεγξίας καταστήσαντας τόπον, ἔνθα μόνης ἐστὶν ἀγνώστως εὐφροσύνης θείας ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι, τὴν τῶν ἀξιουμένων αὐτῆς πεῖραν μόνην ἐχούσης τοῦ οἰκείου μεγέθους διδάσκαλον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μόνης χρῄζοντας μικρᾶς περὶ τῶν ζητουμένων ἐμφάσεως προδεικτικῆς τοῦ παμφαοῦς κάλλους τῶν
English
Having set forth each of the chapters in sequence and order, just as it was written by you, I will make my reply to the point, as brief and definitive as possible, insofar as I am able and am granted from God the grace and power to understand and to speak piously, so that we may not weigh down the hearing of those who will read it with a multitude of words—especially since I am addressing you, who are truly gnostic and accurate beholders of divine things, who have passed beyond the disturbance of the passions and transcended the whole condition of nature, and who possess reason as your guide and most just judge of what is fitting, and who through ignorance of what is better have brought your mind into the innermost place of divine utterance, where it is possible to grasp divine gladness in an unknowing way alone, since the experience of those deemed worthy of it is its only teacher of its own greatness, and for this reason you need only a small prefatory indication concerning the matters under inquiry, of the all-radiant beauty of the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:11 · narrative
Source
ἐμφερομένων τοῖς θείοις λογίοις μυστικῶν θεαμάτων καὶ τῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς πνευματικῆς μεγαλονοίας, εἴπερ καὶ τοῦτο θεμιτὸν ἐμοὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰπεῖν, τοὺς ἅλας ἤδη τῆς γῆς καὶ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου, κατὰ τὸν κυριακὸν λόγον, διὰ τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τὴν πολλὴν χύσιν τῆς γνώσεως γεγενημένους καὶ τὴν ἐν ἄλλοις σηπεδόνα τῶν παθῶν τρόποις ἀρετῶν ἐκκαθαίροντας καὶ τὴν ἄγνοιαν, ψυχῆς ὑπάρχουσαν τύφλωσιν, τῷ τῆς γνώσεως φωτὶ καταυγάζοντας. Παρακαλῶ δὲ τοὺς ἁγιωτάτους ὑμᾶς καὶ πάντας τούς, ὡς εἰκός, ἐντευξομένους τῷδε τῷ γράμματι μὴ τοῦτο ὅρον ποιεῖσθαι τῆς τῶν κεφαλαίων πνευματικῆς ἑρμηνείας τὰ λεγόμενα παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ· πολὺ γὰρ τῆς τῶν θείων λογίων ἀπολιμπάνομαι διανοίας καὶ τῆς ἄλλων πρὸς τοῦτο χρῄζω διδασκαλίας. Ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τι καὶ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἢ παρ᾽ ἄλλων ἐπιβαλεῖν ἢ μαθεῖν δυνηθείητε, μᾶλλον ἐκεῖνο δικαίως ἐγκρίνατε καὶ τῆς ὑψηλοτέρας καὶ ἀληθοῦς γένεσθε διανοίας, ἧς ἔργον ἐστὶν ἡ τῆς καρδίας πληροφορία τῶν ἐφιεμένων τῆς τῶν ἀπορηθέντων πνευματικῆς διαγνώσεως.
English
...who have been borne along by the divine oracles with mystical visions and the spiritual greatness of mind that accompanies them—if indeed it is lawful for me to say this to you—who have already become the salt of the earth and the light of the world, according to the Lord's word, through the wealth of your virtue and the abundant outpouring of your knowledge, and who cleanse by the ways of the virtues the putrefaction of the passions that is in others, and illumine with the light of knowledge the ignorance that is a blindness of the soul. But I exhort your most holy selves, and all who will, as is likely, come upon this writing, not to make what is said by me the limit of the spiritual interpretation of the chapters; for I fall far short of the mind of the divine oracles and I need the teaching of others for this. But if you are able to contribute or learn anything either from yourselves or from others, rather approve that with justice and become of the higher and true understanding, whose work is the full assurance of the heart of those who desire the spiritual discernment of the matters that have been raised.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:12 · narrative
Source
Ὕδατι γὰρ ὁ θεῖος ἔοικε λόγος, ὥσπερ φυτοῖς παντοδαποῖς καὶ βλαστήμασι καὶ διαφόροις ζῴοιςτοῖς αὐτόν φημι τὸν λόγον ποτιζομένοις ἀνθρώποιςἀναλόγως αὐτοῖς ἐκφαινόμενός τε γνωστικῶς καὶ πρακτικῶς διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν ὡς καρπὸς προδεικνύμενος κατὰ τὴν ἐν ἑκάστῳ ποιότητα τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς γνώσεως καὶ γινόμενος δι᾽ ἄλλων ἄλλοις ἐπίδηλος· ἑνὶ γὰρ οὐδέποτε περιγράφεται καὶ μιᾶς ἐντὸς οὐκ ἀνέχεται διανοίας γενέσθαι διὰ τὴν φυσικὴν ἀπειρίαν κατάκλειστος.
English
For the divine Word is like water, appearing to humans who are watered by that Word himself—as to plants of every kind and shoots and diverse living things—in a manner analogous to them, both cognitively and practically through the virtues, displayed beforehand as fruit according to the quality of virtue and knowledge in each person, and becoming manifest to different people through different means. For he is never circumscribed by one person, nor does he endure to be confined within a single mind because of the natural boundlessness.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:13 · narrative
Source
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ περὶ τῶν διοχλούντων ἡμῖν παθῶν πρῶτον εἰπεῖν ἐκελεύσατε, πόσα τε καὶ ποῖα τυγχάνει, καὶ ἐκ ποίας ἀρχῆς καὶ εἰς οἷον διὰ τῆς οἰκείας μεσότητος καταντᾷ πέρας, καὶ ποίας ἕκαστον δυνάμεως ψυχῆς ἢ μέλους σώματος ἐμφυόμενον πρὸς ἑαυτὸ ἀοράτως μορφοῖ τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὸ σῶμα ποιοῖ, βαφῆς δίκην, ὅλην διὰ τῶν λογισμῶν πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν χρῶσαν τὴν ἀθλίαν ψυχήν, τῆς τε προσηγορίας ἑκάστου τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν ἐνέργειαν, τούς τε καιροὺς καὶ τὰ σχήματα καὶ τοὺς δι᾽ αὐτῶν δόλους τῶν ἀκαθάρτων δαιμόνων καὶ τὰς ἀοράτους συμπλοκὰς καὶ τὰς ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ πῶς δι᾽ ἄλλων ἄλλα λεληθότως προβάλλονται καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλα δι᾽ ἄλλων πιθανῶς ὑποσύρουσιν, τάς τε λεπτότητας καὶ τὰς σμικρότητας καὶ τὰ μεγέθη καὶ τοὺς ὄγκους αὐτῶν, ὑφέσεις τε καὶ ἐφέσεις ἐπαγωγάς τε καὶ καταδρομάς, καὶ ὑποχωρήσεις καὶ συστολὰς ἐπιμονάς τε καὶ προσεδρείας ταχυτέρας ἢ βραδυτέρας, καὶ οἷον τὰς ὡς ἐν δικαστηρίῳ πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν δικαιολογίας καὶ τὰς δῆθεν κατὰ διάνοιαν γινομένας ψήφους τάς τε φαινομένας ἥττας ἢ νίκας, τίς τε ἡ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ διάθεσις καὶ διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἓν ἢ πολλὰ πάθη τῇ ψυχῇ συγχωροῦνται προσβάλλειν καὶ τοῦτο ἢ καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς ἢ σὺν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ποίῳ λόγῳ συναναφέρουσιν ἑαυτοῖς ἀχρόνως τὰς οἰκείας ὕλας, δι᾽ ὧν κεκρυμμένως πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὸν πικρὸν συμπλέκουσι πόλεμον, ὡς ἐπὶ παροῦσιν ἐργωδῶς τοῖς μηδαμῶς οὖσι διαπονουμένους καὶ οἷον ὁρμῶντας ταῖς ὕλαις ἢ φεύγοντας, τὸ μὲν δι᾽ ἡδονήν, τὸ δὲ δι᾽ ὀδύνην πάσχοντας, τόν τε τρόπον τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν ὑπάρξεως αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς πολυπλόκου καὶ διαφόρου κατὰ τὸν ὕπνον αὐτῶν ἐν ὀνείροις
English
Since you first commanded me to speak about the passions that trouble us—how many they are and of what kind, and from what origin and to what end each arrives through its own mean, and from what power of the soul or member of the body each, implanted, invisibly shapes the mind to itself and makes the body such, dyeing, as it were, the wretched soul wholly through its thoughts toward sin—and about the meaning and activity of each one's name, and the seasons and forms and the deceits of the unclean demons through them, and their invisible entanglements and pretenses, and how through some they secretly thrust forward others and by others plausibly draw us on to other things, and their subtlety and smallness and greatness and bulk, their yieldings and impulses, their seductive attractions and assaults, and their retreats and contractions, their persistences and sieges, faster or slower, and, as it were, their pleadings against the soul as in a court of law and the votes that supposedly take place in the mind, and the apparent defeats or victories, and what is the disposition in each case and for what cause one or many passions are permitted to assail the soul, and this either by themselves or together with one another, and by what principle they bring their own materials along with them timelessly, through which they secretly weave their bitter war against us, so that we laboriously struggle against things that in no way exist as though they were present, and as it were rush at the materials or flee from them, suffering the one through pleasure and the other through pain—and the manner of their existence in us and of their manifold and varied [activity] during sleep in dreams
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:14 · narrative
Source
φαντασίας, καὶ εἰ ἔν τινι μέρει καθείργνυνται τῆς ψυχῆς ἢ τοῦ σώματος ἢ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ ὅλῳ τῷ σώματι, καὶ εἰ, ἐντὸς ὄντες, διὰ τῶν φυσικῶν παθῶν τὰ ἐκτὸς ἐπισπᾶσθαι πείθουσι τὴν ψυχὴν διὰ μέσου τοῦ σώματος καὶ πλανῶσι τῆς αἰσθήσεως μόνης ὅλην γενέσθαι, τῶν κατὰ φύσιν οἰκείων ἀφεμένην, ἤ, ἐκτὸς ὄντες, διὰ τῆς ἔξωθεν ἐπαφῆς τοῦ σώματος τὴν ἀόρατον ψυχὴν πρὸς τὰ ὑλικὰ σχηματίζουσι, σύνθετον αὐτῇ μορφὴν ἐπιτιθέντες, τῆς ἀναληφθείσης κατὰ τὴν φαντασίαν ὕλης τὸ εἶδος προσπλάττοντες, καὶ εἰ τάξις ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ εἱρμὸς κακούργως ἐπινενοημένος διὰ τῶνδε τῶν παθῶν πρότερον ἀπόπειραν λαβεῖν τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ οὕτως διὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀκολούθως
English
of fantasies, and whether they are confined in some part of the soul or of the body, or in the whole soul and the whole body; and whether, being within, they persuade the soul through the natural passions to draw in the things outside through the medium of the body, and deceive it into becoming wholly of sense alone, having let go of the things proper to it according to nature; or, being outside, through the external contact of the body they shape the invisible soul toward material things, imposing upon it a composite form, molding the species of the matter taken up in the fantasy; and whether there is in them an order and a connection wickedly devised, so that through these passions they first make an attempt upon the soul, and thus through the others in succession
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:15 · narrative
Source
αὐτῇ μάχεσθαι, καὶ τίνες τίνων προηγοῦνται, τίνες τε τίσι συνέπονται πάλιν ἢ παρέπονται, ἢ φύρδην ἀτάκτως, ὡς ἔτυχεν, δι᾽ οἱωνδήποτε παθῶν τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκταράσσουσιν, καὶ εἰ προνοίας δίχα τὰ τοιαῦτα πάσχειν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἡ ψυχὴ συγχωρεῖται ἢ κατὰ πρόνοιαν, καὶ τίς ὁ τῆς προνοίας ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ πάθει τῆς ἐγκαταλείψεως τῆς ψυχῆς λόγος, τίς τε τῆς ἑκάστου τῶν ἀπηριθμημένων παθῶν ἀναιρέσεως ὁ τρόπος, καὶ ποίοις ἔργοις ἢ λόγοις ἢ λογισμοῖς ἡ ψυχὴ τούτων ἐλευθεροῦται καὶ τῆς συνειδήσεως τὸν μολυσμὸν ἐκτινάσσεται, ποίῳ δὲ πάθει ποίαν ἀρετὴν ἀντιθεῖσα νικήσει, τὸν πονηρὸν φυγαδεύσασα δαίμονα, συναφανίσασα παντελῶς αὐτῷ καὶ αὐτὴν τοῦ πάθους τὴν κίνησιν, καὶ πῶς μετὰ τὴν τῶν παθῶν ἀπαλλαγὴν τὰ οἰκεῖα καλῶς διασκοπῆσαι δυνήσεται, καὶ διὰ ποίων λόγων ἢ τρόπων, τὰς ἀπαθεῖς τῶν αἰσθητῶν πρὸς τὰς αἰσθήσεις οἰκειωσαμένη διὰ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν λόγου σχέσεις, μορφώσει πρὸς ἀρετάς, ὡς διὰ τῶν παθῶν αὐτὴ πρότερον ἐμορφοῦτο πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ πῶς τὴν καλὴν ποιήσηται δεόντως ἀντιστροφήν, τοῖς δι᾽ ὧν τὸ πρὶν ἐπλημμέλει χρωμένη πρὸς γένεσιν ἀρετῶν καὶ ὑπόστασιν, πῶς τε, τούτων πάλιν ἀπαλλαγεῖσα τῶν σχέσεων, τοὺς τῶν γεγονότων λόγους, διὰ τῆς ἐν πνεύματι φυσικῆς θεωρίας ἀφέτους τῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς αἰσθητῶν συμβόλων γενομένους, ἐπιστημονικῶς ἀναλέξηται, πῶς τε αὖ, μετὰ τούτους πάλιν τοῖς νοητοῖς προσβαλοῦσα, καθαρῷ τῆς ἐπ᾽ αἰσθήσεσι διανοίας γενομένῳ τῷ νῷ τὰς ἁπλᾶς δέξηται νοήσεις καὶ τὴν τὰ ὅλα συνδέουσαν ἀλλήλοις κατὰ τὸν ἀρχικὸν τῆς σοφίας λόγον ἁπλῆν ἀναλήψηται γνῶσιν, μεθ᾽ ἥν, ὡς πάντα τὰ ὄντα περάσασα μετὰ τῶν
English
to fight against it, and which of these precede which, and which again follow or attend upon which, or whether they confuse the soul in a jumbled and disorderly way, as it happens, through passions of any kind whatsoever; and whether the soul is permitted to suffer such things from them without providence or according to providence; and what is the rationale of providence in each passion regarding the abandonment of the soul; and what is the manner of the removal of each of the passions enumerated; and by what works or words or thoughts the soul is freed from these and shakes off the defilement of conscience; and by opposing which virtue to which passion it will conquer, putting the evil demon to flight and utterly destroying along with him the very motion of the passion; and how, after release from the passions, it will be able to discern well its own affairs; and through what principles or modes, having appropriated the dispassionate relations of sensible things to the senses through the principle according to nature, it will form them toward virtues, as through the passions it was itself previously formed toward sin; and how it will rightly make the noble reversal, using the very things through which it formerly erred for the generation and subsistence of virtues; and how, once again released from these relations, it will scientifically gather up the principles of created things, which through natural contemplation in the Spirit have become free of the sensible symbols attached to them; and how again, after these, applying itself to intelligible things, with the mind become pure of the discursive reason directed at sense perceptions, it will receive the simple thoughts and take up the simple knowledge that binds all things to one another according to the archetypal principle of wisdom, after which, as having passed beyond all beings together with the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:16 · narrative
Source
αὐτοῖς προσφυῶν νοημάτων, πάσης ἀπολελυμένη καθαρῶς καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς πρὸς τὸ νοεῖν οἰκείας δυνάμεως, πρὸς αὐτὸν πάθῃ τὸν Θεὸν τὴν ὑπὲρ νόησιν ἕνωσιν, καθ᾽ ἥν, ἀφράστως παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ δεχομένη τῆς ὄντως ἀληθείας, σπέρματος δίκην, τὴν μάθησιν, πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν οὐκέτι τραπήσεται, χώρας οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι τῷ διαβόλῳ πρὸς κακίαν αὐτὴν πιθανῶς ὑποσύρεσθαι διὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν τοῦ φύσει καλοῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ μετέχειν αὐτοῦ δυνάμενα καλλωπίζοντος. Ἐπειδὴ τούτων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐζητήσατε τοὺς λόγους καὶ τοὺς τρόπους καὶ τὰς αἰτίας, ἐγγράφως ὑμῖν καταθέσθαι, κελευόντων ὑμῶν, ἀναμεινάτω μικρὸν τέως ὁ περὶ τούτων λόγος, ἂν διδῷ Θεός, ἐν ἄλλοις εὐκαιρότερον ἐξετασθησόμενος καὶ φιλοπονώτερον βασανισθησόμενος, εἴπερ ὅλως αἴσθομαι δυνάμεως κατὰ νοῦν νηκτικῆς καὶ τούτου τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ βαθέος κατατολμῆσαι πελάγους ἀνεχομένης. Οὐ γὰρ αἰσχύνομαι λέγειν ὡς οὐδέπω τὰς δυσεκλύτους ἔγνων τῶν ἀκαθάρτων δαιμόνων μεθοδείας τε καὶ τέχνας, ἅτε δὴ τὸν τῆς ὕλης κονιορτὸν ἔχων ἐπισκοτοῦντα τοῖς ὄμμασι τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ οὐκ ἐῶντα καθαρῶς θεωρῆσαι τὴν τῶν γεγονότων φύσιν καὶ διακρῖναι τῶν ὄντων σὺν λόγῳ τὰ εἶναι δοκοῦντα καὶ μόνην φενακίζοντα τὴν ἄλογον αἴσθησιν, ὅτι μόνων ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐστι τὰ τοιαῦτα διερευνᾶσθαι καὶ εἰπεῖν τῶν ἄγαν θεωρητικῶν καὶ ὑψηλῶν τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ διὰ πείρας πολλῆς εἰληφότων τήν τε τῶν καλῶν καὶ μὴ τοιούτων διάγνωσιν καί, τὸ δὴ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων κρεῖττον καὶ τιμιώτερον, τὴν πρὸς τὸ νοεῖν τε καλῶς καὶ λέγειν σαφῶς τὰ νοηθέντα παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ δεξαμένων χάριν καὶ δύναμιν.
English
cleaving to them with thoughts, clearly freed from every power, even that which is proper to itself for thinking, it may attain to that union with God himself which is beyond understanding, in which, ineffably receiving from him the learning of the truth that truly is, like a seed, it will no longer turn toward sin, since there is no longer any place for the devil to drag it persuasively toward evil through ignorance of the good that is by nature and that adorns all things able to partake of it. Since you have sought the reasons and the modes and the causes of these things and of such things as these, to set them down for you in writing, at your command, let the discourse concerning these things wait a little for now, if God grants it, to be examined at another, more favorable time and more diligently tested, if indeed I perceive at all that I have a power of understanding capable of swimming through and of enduring to venture upon this great and deep sea. For I am not ashamed to say that I have not yet known the hard-to-escape methods and arts of the unclean demons, since I have the dust of matter obscuring the eyes of my soul and not allowing me to contemplate clearly the nature of things that have come to be and to distinguish with reason, among beings, the things that seem to be and that deceive only irrational perception, because it belongs truly to those alone to investigate and to speak of such things who are exceedingly contemplative and lofty in understanding and who have received through much experience both the discernment of things good and not such, and—what is better and more honorable than all other things—the grace and power from God for thinking well and speaking clearly the things thought.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:17 · narrative
Source
Πλὴν ὡς ἂν μὴ παντελῶς ἀπαραμύθητος κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ὑπόθεσιν ὁ περὶ τούτων λόγος καταλειφθῇ, μικρὰ περὶ τῆς γενέσεως τῶν παθῶν εἰπὼν καὶ ὅσον παραδεῖξαι τοῖς καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς γνωστικοῖς τὸ τέλος ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς, τῶν ἐφεξῆς ἀκολούθως ποιοῦμαι κεφαλαίων τὴν ἐξήγησιν. Τὸ κακὸν οὔτε ἦν οὔτε ἔστιν οὔτε ἔσται κατ᾽ οἰκείαν φύσιν ὑφεστώςοὔτε γὰρ ἔχει καθοτιοῦν οὐσίαν ἢ φύσιν ἢ ὑπόστασιν ἢ δύναμιν ἢ ἐνέργειαν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν, οὔτε ποιότης ἐστὶν οὔτε ποσότης οὔτε σχέσις οὔτε τόπος οὔτε χρόνος οὔτε θέσις οὔτε ποίησις οὔτε κίνησις οὔτε ἕξις οὔτε πάθος, φυσικῶς τῶν ὄντων τινὶ ἐνθεωρούμενονοὔτε μὴν ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν τὸ παράπαν κατ᾽ οἰκείωσιν φυσικὴν ὑφέστηκεν, οὔτε ἀρχὴ οὔτε μεσότης οὔτε τέλος ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ὡς ἐν ὅρῳ περιλαβὼν εἴπω, τὸ κακὸν τῆς πρὸς τὸ τέλος τῶν ἐγκειμένων τῇ φύσει δυνάμεων ἐνεργείας ἐστὶν ἔλλειψις, καὶ ἄλλο καθάπαξ οὐδέν. Ἢ πάλιν, τὸ κακὸν τῶν φυσικῶν δυνάμεων κατ᾽ ἐσφαλμένην κρίσιν ἐστὶν ἐπ᾽ ἄλλο παρὰ τὸ τέλος ἀλόγιστος κίνησις· τέλος δέ φημι τὴν τῶν ὄντων αἰτίαν, ἧς φυσικῶς ἐφίεται πάντα, κἂν εἰ τὰ μάλιστα τὸν φθόνον εὐνοίας πλάσματι καλύψας ὁ πονηρός, πρὸς ἄλλο τι τῶν ὄντων παρὰ τὴν αἰτίαν κινῆσαι τὴν ἔφεσιν παραπείσας δόλῳ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὴν τῆς αἰτίας ἐδημιούργησεν ἄγνοιαν. Τῆς οὖν πρὸς τὸ τέλος ἐνεργείας τῶν κατὰ φύσιν δυνάμεων ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἐλλείψας τὴν κίνησιν, τὴν τῆς οἰκείας αἰτίας ἐνόσησεν ἄγνοιαν, ἐκεῖνο νομίσας εἶναι Θεὸν διὰ τῆς συμβουλῆς τοῦ ὄφεως, ὅπερ ἔχειν ἀπώμοτον ὁ τῆς θείας ἐντολῆς διετάξατο λόγος.
English
However, so that the discourse concerning these things may not be left entirely without consolation in the present matter, having said a few things about the origin of the passions, and enough to show to the learned among you the end from the beginning, I proceed in order to the exposition of the chapters that follow. Evil neither was nor is nor will be subsisting in its own nature; for it has in no way any substance or nature or subsistence or power or activity among the things that exist, nor is it a quality or a quantity or a relation or a place or a time or a position or an action or a motion or a state or a passion, naturally contemplated in any of the things that exist; nor indeed in all these things does it subsist at all by natural appropriation, nor is it a beginning or a middle or an end; but, to speak of it as encompassed in a definition, evil is the lack of the activity of the natural powers inherent in nature toward the end, and nothing else at all. Or again, evil is the irrational motion of the natural powers, according to an erroneous judgment, toward something other than the end. And I call the end the cause of beings, which all things naturally desire, even if the evil one, having covered envy with a fabrication of goodwill, by deceit persuaded man to move his desire toward something else among beings besides the cause, and thus contrived the ignorance of the cause. The first man, then, having fallen short of the activity of the natural powers toward the end in his motion, fell sick with ignorance of his own cause, thinking that to be God, through the counsel of the serpent, which the word of the divine commandment ordained was forbidden to possess.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:18 · narrative
Source
Οὕτω δὲ παραβάτης γενόμενος καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ἀγνοήσας, πρὸς ὅλην τὴν αἴσθησιν ὅλην ἀπρὶξ ἀναμίξας τὴν νοερὰν δύναμιν, τὴν σύνθετον καὶ ὀλέθριον πρὸς πάθος ἐνεργουμένην τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπεσπάσατο γνῶσιν, καὶ παρασυνεβλήθη τοῖς κτήνεσιν τοῖς ἀνοήτοις καὶ ὡμοιώθη αὐτοῖς, τὰ αὐτὰ αὐτοῖς κατὰ πάντα τρόπον καὶ ἐνεργῶν καὶ ζητῶν καὶ βουλόμενος, καὶ πλέον εἰς ἀλογίαν ἔχων τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν λόγου πρὸς τὸ παρὰ φύσιν τὴν ἄμειψιν. Ὅσον οὖν κατὰ μόνην τὴν αἴσθησιν τῆς τῶν ὁρωμένων ἐπεμελεῖτο γνώσεως ὁ ἄνθρωπος, τοσοῦτον ἐπέσφιγγεν ἑαυτῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἄγνοιαν· ὅσον δὲ ταύτης τῆς ἀγνοίας συνέσφιγγε τὸν δεσμόν, τοσοῦτον τῆς πείρας ἀντείχετο τῆς τῶν γνωσθέντων ὑλικῶν αἰσθητικῆς ἀπολαύσεως· ὅσον δὲ ταύτης ἐνεφορεῖτο, τοσοῦτον τῆς ἐκ ταύτης γεννωμένης φιλαυτίας ἐξῆπτε τὸν ἔρωτα· ὅσον δὲ πεφροντισμένως περιεποιεῖτο τῆς φιλαυτίας τὸν ἔρωτα, τοσοῦτον τῆς ἡδονῆς, ὡς τῆς φιλαυτίας οὔσης καὶ γεννήματος καὶ τέλους, πολλοὺς ἐπενόει τρόπους συστάσεως· καὶ ἐπειδὴ πᾶσα κακία πέφυκε τοῖς συνιστῶσιν αὐτὴν συμφθείρεσθαι τρόποις, εὑρίσκων δι᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς πείρας πάσης ἡδονῆς εἶναι πάντως τὴν ὀδύνην διάδοχον, πρὸς μὲν τὴν ἡδονὴν τὴν ὅλην ἔσχεν ὁρμήν, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ὀδύνην τὴν ὅλην ἀποφυγήν, τῆς μὲν κατὰ πᾶσαν ὑπεραγωνιζόμενος δύναμιν, τῆς δὲ κατὰ πᾶσαν σπουδὴν καταγωνιζόμενος, οἰόμενος, ὅπερ ἀμήχανον ἦν, διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης μεθοδείας ἀλλήλων ταύτας διαστῆσαι καὶ μόνῃ τῇ ἡδονῇ συνημμένην τὴν φιλαυτίαν ἔχειν παντελῶς ὀδύνης ἀπείρατον, ἀγνοήσας ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὡς οὐκ ἐνδέχεταί ποτε χωρὶς ὀδύνης εἶναι τὴν ἡδονήν.
English
Having thus become a transgressor and having become ignorant of God, he mixed his entire noetic power with the whole of sensation, and drew upon himself the composite and destructive knowledge of sensible things, energized toward passion; and he was compared to the senseless beasts and was made like them, doing and seeking and willing the same things as they in every way, and having more of irrationality than of the natural reason, through his change into what is contrary to nature. For to the extent that man devoted himself to the knowledge of visible things by sensation alone, to that extent he tightened his own ignorance of God; and to the extent that he drew tight the bond of this ignorance, to that extent he clung to the experience of the material and sensory enjoyment of things known; and to the extent that he was filled with this, to that extent he kindled the love of self-love born from it; and to the extent that he carefully cultivated the love of self-love, to that extent he devised many ways of constituting pleasure, since self-love is both its offspring and its end; and since all evil is by nature destroyed together with the ways that constitute it, finding through experience itself that pain is in every way the successor of every pleasure, he held his whole impulse toward pleasure and his whole flight toward pain, fighting for the one with all his power and struggling against the other with all his zeal, supposing—which was impossible—that by such a method he could separate them from each other and have self-love joined to pleasure alone, entirely without experience of pain, having been made ignorant by passion, as it seems, that pleasure can never be without pain.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:19 · narrative
Source
Ἐγκέκραται γὰρ τῇ ἡδονῇ τῆς ὀδύνης ὁ πόνος, κἂν λανθάνειν δοκῇ τοὺς ἔχοντας διὰ τὴν κατὰ τὸ πάθος τῆς ἡδονῆς ἐπικράτειαν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἐπικρατοῦν ἀεὶ διαφαίνεσθαι πέφυκεν, καλύπτον τοῦ παρακειμένου τὴν αἴσθησιν. Ἐντεῦθεν ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος τῶν παθῶν καὶ ἀναρίθμητος εἰσεφθάρη τῷ βίῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἐντεῦθεν πολυστένακτος γέγονεν ἡμῶν ἡ ζωή, τῆς οἰκείας ἀναιρέσεως τιμῶσα τὰς ἀφορμὰς καὶ τῆς φθορᾶς τὰς προφάσεις ἑαυτῇ διὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν ἐξευρίσκουσά τε καὶ περιέπουσα· ἐντεῦθεν ἡ μία φύσις εἰς μυρία κατεμερίσθη τμήματα καὶ οἱ τῆς αὐτῆς φύσεως ἀλλήλων ἐσμὲν δίκην ἑρπετῶν θηρίων παραναλώματα. Ἡδονῆς γὰρ διὰ τὴν φιλαυτίαν ἀντιποιούμενοι καὶ ὀδύνην διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν πάλιν φεύγειν σπουδάζοντες, τὰς ἀμυθήτους τῶν φθοροποιῶν παθῶν ἐπινοοῦμεν γενέσεις. Οἷον, εἰ μὲν δι᾽ ἡδονῆς τῆς φιλαυτίας φροντίζομεν, γεννῶμεν τὴν γαστριμαργίαν τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν τὴν κενοδοξίαν τὴν φυσίωσιν τὴν φιλαργυρίαν τὴν πλεονεξίαν τὴν τυραννίδα τὸ γαῦρον τὴν ἀλαζονείαν τὴν ἀπόνοιαν τὴν μανίαν τὴν οἴησιν τὸν τῦφον τὴν καταφρόνησιν τὴν ὕβριν τὸ βάκηλον τὸ εὐτράπελον τὴν ἀσωτίαν τὴν ἀκολασίαν τὴν περπερίαν τὸν
English
Pain is mingled with the pleasure of pain, even if it seems to escape the notice of those who possess it because of the dominance of the pleasure of the passion, since that which dominates is always naturally inclined to show itself, while it covers the perception of what lies at hand. From this the great and countless multitude of the passions was poured into the life of men; from this our life has become full of groaning, honoring the occasions of its own destruction and, through ignorance, both devising and cherishing for itself the pretexts of corruption; from this the one nature was divided into countless parts, and we who are of the same nature are, like reptiles and beasts, mutual prey to one another. For grasping at pleasure through self-love and again hastening to flee pain for the same cause, we devise the unspeakable generations of corrupting passions. For example, if through the pleasure of self-love we take thought, we beget gluttony, pride, vainglory, self-inflation, love of money, greed, tyranny, arrogance, boastfulness, recklessness, madness, conceit, vanity, contempt, insolence, buffoonery, flippancy, prodigality, licentiousness, ostentation, the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:20 · narrative
Source
μετεωρισμὸν τὴν βλακείαν τὸν ἀκκισμὸν τὸν ἐκμυκτηρισμὸν τὴν πολυλογίαν τὴν ἀκαιρολογίαν τὴν αἰσχρολογίαν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τοῦ τοιούτου γένους ἐστίν· εἰ δὲ μᾶλλον δι᾽ ὀδύνης ὁ τῆς φιλαυτίας αἰκίζεται τρόπος, γεννῶμεν τὸν θυμὸν τὸν φθόνον τὸ μῖσος τὴν ἔχθραν τὴν μνησικακίαν τὴν λοιδορίαν τὴν καταλαλιὰν τὴν συκοφαντίαν τὴν λύπην τὴν ἀνελπιστίαν τὴν ἀπόγνωσιν τὴν τῆς προνοίας διαβολὴν τὴν ἀκηδίαν τὴν ὀλιγωρίαν τὴν δυσθυμίαν τὴν ἀθυμίαν τὴν ὀλιγοψυχίαν τὸ ἄκαιρον πένθος τὸν κλαυθμὸν τὴν κατήφειαν τὸν ὀλοφυρμὸν τὸν ζῆλον τὴν ζηλοτυπίαν τὴν παραζήλωσιν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τῆς τῶν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν ἀφορμῶν ἐστερημένης ἐστὶ διαθέσεως. Ἐκ δὲ τῆς γινομένης δι᾽ ἄλλας τινὰς αἰτίας καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν καὶ ὀδύνην μίξεως ἤγουν μοχθηρίαςοὕτω γὰρ καλοῦσι τινὲς τὴν ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων μερῶν τῆς κακίας σύνθεσινγεννῶμεν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν τὴν εἰρωνείαν τὸν δόλον τὴν προσποίησιν τὴν κολακείαν τὴν ἀνθρωπαρεσκείαν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τῆς μικτῆς εἰσι πανουργίας ἐπινοήματα. Πάντα γὰρ ἀπαριθμεῖσθαι τὰ νῦν καὶ λέγειν μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων σχημάτων τε καὶ τρόπων καὶ αἰτιῶν καὶ καιρῶν οὐκ ἀνεκτόν, τῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐξετάσεως, Θεοῦ χαριζομένου δύναμιν, κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ὑπόθεσιν ἐρευνηθησομένης.
English
exaltation, silliness, affectation, mockery, loquacity, untimely speech, foul speech, and whatever else is of this kind. But if the mode of self-love is tormented rather through pain, we give birth to anger, envy, hatred, enmity, remembrance of wrongs, abuse, slander, false accusation, grief, hopelessness, despair, the slander of providence, listlessness, negligence, despondency, faintheartedness, faint-heartedness, untimely mourning, weeping, dejection, lamentation, zeal, jealousy, rivalry, and whatever else belongs to the disposition that is deprived of the occasions of pleasure. And from the mixture of pleasure and pain that comes about through certain other causes—that is, wickedness (for some call the composition of vice from opposite parts by this name)—we give birth to hypocrisy, irony, deceit, pretense, flattery, people-pleasing, and whatever else are inventions of mixed cunning. For to enumerate and speak of all these now, together with their proper forms and modes and causes and occasions, is unbearable; the examination of them, God granting the power, will be investigated under a separate heading.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:21 · narrative
Source
Τὸ τοίνυν κακόν ἐστιν, ὡς προέφην, ἡ ἄγνοια τῆς ἀγαθῆς τῶν ὄντων αἰτίας· ἥτις, τὸν μὲν νοῦν πηρώσασα τὸν ἀνθρώπινον, τὴν αἴσθησιν δὲ τρανῶς διανοίξασα, τῆς μὲν θείας γνώσεως παντελῶς αὐτὸν ἀπεξένωσεν, τῆς δὲ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐμπαθοῦς ἐπλήρωσε γνώσεως· ἧς πρὸς μόνην τὴν αἴσθησιν ἀνέδην μεταλαμβάνων, κτηνῶν ἀλόγων δίκην, ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ εὑρὼν διὰ τῆς πείρας τῆς φαινομένης αὐτοῦ σωματικῆς φύσεως συστατικὴν τῶν αἰσθητῶν τὴν μετάληψιν, εἰκότως, οἷα τοῦ νοητοῦ κάλλους ἤδη τῆς θείας ὡραιότητος διαμαρτήσας, τὴν φαινομένην κτίσιν εἰς Θεὸν παρεγνώρισεν, διὰ τὴν αὐτῆς πρὸς σύστασιν σώματος χρείαν θεοποιήσας, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τὸ ἴδιον, οἰκείως ἔχον κατὰ φύσιν πρὸς τὴν νομισθεῖσαν εἶναι Θεὸν κτίσιν, κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἠγάπησεν, κατὰ πᾶσαν σπουδὴν διὰ τῆς περὶ μόνον τὸ σῶμα φροντίδος τε καὶ ἐπιμελείας λατρεύων τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα. Οὐ γὰρ ἄλλως δύναταί τις λατρεύειν τῇ κτίσει, μὴ τὸ σῶμα περιποιούμενος, ὥσπερ οὔτε τῷ Θεῷ τις λατρεύειν, μὴ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀρεταῖς ἐκκαθαίρων· καθ᾽ ὃ σῶμα τὴν φθοροποιὸν ἐπιτελῶν λατρείαν ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ κατ᾽ αὐτὸ γενόμενος φίλαυτος ἡδονὴν εἶχεν ἀπαύστως καὶ ὀδύνην ἐνεργουμένην, ἐσθίων ἀεὶ τὸ ξύλον τῆς παρακοῆς, τὸ καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ κατὰ ταὐτὸν μεμιγμένην κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν διὰ τῆς πείρας ἔχον τὴν γνῶσιν. Καὶ τάχα ξύλον εἶναι γνωστὸν καλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ τὴν φαινομένην κτίσιν εἰπών τις οὐχ ἁμαρτήσει τῆς ἀληθείας· ἡδονῆς γὰρ καὶ ὀδύνης ποιητικὴν ἔχει φυσικῶς τὴν μετάληψιν.
English
The evil, then, as I said before, is ignorance of the good cause of beings; which, having blinded the human mind but opened the senses wide, estranged him completely from divine knowledge and filled him with the passionate knowledge of sensible things. Partaking of this without restraint for the sake of sense alone, like irrational beasts, man—having found through experience that the partaking of sensible things is constitutive of his apparent bodily nature—naturally, since he had already fallen short of the intelligible beauty, that is, of the divine comeliness, mistook the apparent creation for God, deifying it because of its necessity for the constitution of the body; and he loved his own body, which is naturally related to the creation that was thought to be God, as was likely, serving the creation rather than the Creator with all zeal through care and attention to the body alone. For one cannot otherwise serve the creation than by tending the body, just as one cannot serve God without purifying the soul with virtues. Accordingly, man, performing the destructive service through the body and becoming self-loving in this very respect, had pleasure and pain constantly at work in him, always eating the tree of disobedience, possessing through experience the knowledge of good and evil mixed together in the same thing according to sense. And perhaps one who called the apparent creation the tree known of good and evil would not miss the truth; for it naturally has the partaking that produces pleasure and pain.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:22 · narrative
Source
Ἢ πάλιν· ἐπειδὴ καὶ λόγους ἔχει πνευματικοὺς τῶν ὁρωμένων ἡ κτίσις καὶ νοῦν διατρέφοντας, καὶ δύναμιν πάλιν φυσικήν, τὴν μὲν αἴσθησιν τέρπουσαν, τὸν δὲ νοῦν διαστρέφουσαν, ξύλον γνωστὸν καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ προσηγορεύθη, τοῦ καλοῦ μὲν ἔχουσα γνῶσιν, θεωρουμένη πνευματικῶς, κακοῦ δὲ γνῶσιν, λαμβανομένη σωματικῶς. Παθῶν γὰρ γίνεται διδάσκαλος τοῖς σωματικῶς αὐτῆς μεταλαμβάνουσιν, τῶν θείων αὐτοῖς λήθην ἐπάγουσα. Διὸ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τυχὸν καὶ ἀπηγόρευσεν ἀναβαλόμενος αὐτῆς τέως τὴν μετάληψιν ὁ Θεός, ἵνα πρότερον, ὡς ἦν μάλιστα δίκαιον, διὰ τῆς ἐν χάριτι μετοχῆς τὴν οἰκείαν ἐπιγνοὺς αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν δοθεῖσαν κατὰ χάριν ἀθανασίαν διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης μεταλήψεως πρὸς ἀπάθειαν στομώσας καὶ ἀτρεψίαν, ὡς θεὸς ἤδη τῇ θεώσει γενόμενος, ἀβλαβῶς ἐπ᾽ ἀδείας μετὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ διασκέψηται κτίσματα καὶ τὴν αὐτῶν ἀναλήψηται γνῶσιν ὡς θεὸς ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχων τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ χάριν τῶν ὄντων μετὰ σοφίας εἴδησιν διὰ τὴν πρὸς θέωσιν τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως μεταποίησιν.
English
Or again: since creation has spiritual reasons of the things seen, which nourish the mind, and again a natural power, which delights the senses but perverts the mind, it was called the tree of the knowledge of good and evil: having knowledge of the good when contemplated spiritually, but knowledge of evil when taken bodily. For it becomes a teacher of passions to those who partake of it bodily, bringing upon them forgetfulness of divine things. Therefore God, perhaps, even forbade man to partake of it, deferring for a time its participation, so that first, as was most just, through participation in grace he might recognize his own cause and, having sharpened the immortality given by grace through such participation toward impassibility and immutability, having already become a god by deification, he might without harm and with freedom examine with God the creatures of God and receive the knowledge of them as a god and not a man, having the same knowledge of beings with God according to grace, together with wisdom, through the transformation of the mind and the senses toward deification.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:23 · narrative
Source
Οὕτω μὲν οὖν ἐνταῦθα ληπτέον περὶ τοῦ ξύλου κατὰ τὴν πᾶσιν ἁρμόσαι δυναμένην ἀναγωγήν, τοῦ μυστικωτέρου λόγου καὶ κρείττονος φυλαττομένου τοῖς μυστικοῖς τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς σιωπῆς τιμωμένου. Τοῦ ξύλου δὲ νῦν τῆς παρακοῆς ἐμνήσθην παροδικῶς, δεῖξαι θέλων ὡς ἡ περὶ Θεοῦ ἄγνοια τὴν κτίσιν ἐθεοποίησεν, ἧς ὑπάρχει λατρεία σαφὴς ἡ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων φιλαυτία, περὶ ἥν ἐστιν ὥσπέρ τις μικτὴ γνῶσις ἡ τῆς ἡδονῆς πεῖρα καὶ τῆς ὀδύνης, δι᾽ ἃς ἡ πᾶσα τῶν κακῶν ἐπεισήχθη τῷ βίῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἰλὺς διαφόρως τε καὶ ποικίλως καί, ὡς οὐκ ἄν τις ἐφίκοιτο λόγος, πολυμόρφως συνισταμένη, καθόσον ἕκαστος τῶν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης μετειληφότων φύσεως κατὰ τὸ ποσόν τε καὶ ποιὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ζῶσαν ἔχει καὶ πράττουσαν τὴν περὶ τὸ φαινόμενον αὐτοῦ μέρος, λέγω δὲ τὸ σῶμα, φιλίαν, ἀναγκάζουσαν αὐτὸν δουλοπρεπῶς διά τε τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ τὸν φόβον τῆς ὀδύνης πολλὰς ἰδέας ἐπινοῆσαι παθῶν, καθὼς οἵ τε καιροὶ συμπίπτουσι καὶ τὰ πράγματα, καὶ ὁ τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιδέχεται τρόπος, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τὴν μὲν ἡδονὴν ἑλεῖν δυνηθῆναι διὰ παντὸς πρὸς συμβίωσιν, τῆς ὀδύνης δὲ παντελῶς ἀνέπαφον διαμεῖναι, τὸ ἀμήχανον ἐπιτηδεύειν διδάσκουσαν καὶ εἰς πέρας κατὰ σκοπὸν ἐλθεῖν μὴ δυνάμενον.
English
Thus, then, here one must understand the matter of the tree according to the anagogical interpretation capable of fitting all, while the more mystical and superior reason is kept for those who are mystical in understanding and is honored by us through silence. But I have now mentioned the tree of disobedience in passing, wishing to show that ignorance of God deified creation, whose manifest worship is the self-love of the human race according to the body, in which there is, as it were, a mixed knowledge—the experience of pleasure and of pain—through which the whole mire of evils was introduced into the life of human beings, constituted in various and manifold ways and, as no account could reach, in many forms, inasmuch as each of those who have partaken of human nature, according to quantity and quality, has within himself the love of his visible part—I mean the body—living and active, which compels him, in slavish fashion, through both the desire of pleasure and the fear of pain, to devise many forms of passions, according as the occasions coincide and the circumstances, and the manner of such things admits, so that he may be able to capture pleasure always for the sake of living together with it, and to remain wholly untouched by pain—teaching him to pursue the impossible, which cannot attain its end according to its aim.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:24 · narrative
Source
Φθαρτῆς γὰρ οὔσης τῆς ὅλης φύσεως τῶν σωμάτων καὶ σκεδαστῆς, δι᾽ ὅσων τις ἐπιτηδεύει τρόπων ταύτην συστήσασθαι, τὴν αὐτῆς φθορὰν ἰσχυροτέραν μᾶλλον καθίστησιν, δεδοικὼς καὶ μὴ θέλων ἀεὶ τὸ στεργόμενον καὶ παρὰ γνώμην περιέπων ἀνεπαισθήτως διὰ τοῦ στεργομένου τὸ μὴ στεργόμενον, ἐξηρτημένος τῶν φύσει στῆναι μὴ δυναμένων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο συνεξαλλοιῶν τοῖς σκεδαστοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν διάθεσιν συνδιανηχομένην ἀστάτως τοῖς ῥέουσι καὶ τὴν οἰκείαν ἀπώλειαν οὐ κατανοῶν διὰ τὴν παντελῆ τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τύφλωσιν. Πάντων δὲ τούτων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἀπαλλαγὴ καὶ σύντομος πρὸς σωτηρίαν ὁδὸς ἡ ἀληθὴς τοῦ Θεοῦ κατ᾽ ἐπίγνωσιν ἀγάπη καὶ ἡ καθόλου τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν πρός τε τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον στοργῆς ἐξάρνησις, καθ᾽ ἥν, τῆς μὲν ἡδονῆς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν, τῆς ὀδύνης δὲ τὸν φόβον ἀποβαλόμενοι, τῆς κακῆς ἐλευθερούμεθα φιλαυτίας, πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν ἀναβιβασθέντες τοῦ κτίσαντος, καί, πονηρᾶς ἀγαθὴν ἀντιλαβόντες νοερὰν φιλαυτίαν, σωματικῆς κεχωρισμένην στοργῆς, οὐ παυόμεθα λατρεύοντες τῷ Θεῷ διὰ ταύτης τῆς καλῆς φιλαυτίας, ἐκ Θεοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀεὶ ζητοῦντες τὴν σύστασιν. Αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἀληθὴς λατρεία καὶ ὄντως θεάρεστος ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀκριβὴς ἐπιμέλεια.
English
For since the whole nature of bodies is corruptible and dispersible, by whatever means one endeavors to consolidate it, he makes its corruption all the stronger, always dreading and not willing what he cherishes, and against his will unwittingly embracing the non-cherished through the cherished, being dependent on things that cannot by nature stand, and for this reason altering along with the dispersible things the disposition of his soul, which drifts unstably along with the flowing things and does not perceive its own destruction because of the soul's complete blindness toward the truth. But from all these evils there is a release and a short road to salvation: the true love of God according to knowledge, and the total renunciation of the soul's affection for the body and this world, through which, casting off the desire of pleasure and the fear of pain, we are freed from evil self-love, having been raised up to the knowledge of the Creator, and, having received in place of the evil a good and spiritual self-love, separated from bodily affection, we do not cease to serve God through this noble self-love, always seeking from God the constitution of the soul. For this is true worship and truly pleasing to God: the soul's exact care through the virtues.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:25 · narrative
Source
Ὁ τοίνυν σωματικῆς ἡδονῆς μὴ ἐφιέμενος καὶ ὀδύνην παντελῶς μὴ φοβούμενος γέγονεν ἀπαθὴς ταύταις, μετὰ τῆς τεκούσης αὐτὰς φιλαυτίας πάντα τὰ δι᾽ αὐτάς τε καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν μετὰ τῆς ἀρχηγικωτάτης τῶν κακῶν ἀγνοίας ὁμοθυμαδὸν συναπέκτεινε πάθη, καὶ ὅλος γέγονεν τοῦ ἑστῶτός τε καὶ μένοντος καὶ ἀεὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος φύσει καλοῦ, παντάπασιν αὐτῷ συνδιαμένων ἀκίνητος καὶ ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ κατοπτριζόμενος, ἐκ τῆς ἐν ἑαυτῷ φωτοειδοῦς λαμπρότητος τὴν θείαν καὶ ἀπρόσιτον δόξαν θεώμενος. Δειχθείσης τοιγαροῦν ἡμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ὀρθῆς καὶ ῥᾳδίας ὁδοῦ τῶν σῳζομένων, τὴν ἡδονὴν τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς καὶ τὴν ὀδύνην ὅση δύναμις ἀρνησώμεθα καὶ τοὺς ὑφ᾽ ἡμᾶς τοῦτο ποιεῖν διδάξωμεν παρακλήσει πολλῇ, καὶ πάσης παθῶν ἐπινοίας καὶ δαιμονιώδους κακουργίας παντελῶς ἀπηλλάγημέν τε καὶ ἀπηλλάξαμεν· καὶ μόνης ἀντιποιηθῶμεν τῆς θείας ἀγάπης, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς τοῦ Θεοῦ χωρίσαι δυνήσεται, οὐ θλίψις οὐ στενοχωρία οὐ λιμὸς οὐ κίνδυνος οὐ μάχαιρα οὐδ᾽ ὅσα τῷ ἁγίῳ ἀπηρίθμηται ἀποστόλῳ κατὰ τὸν τόπον, διὰ τῆς κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν γνώσεως, τῆς ἀγάπης ἐν ἡμῖν ἀκινήτου μενούσης, τῆς ψυχῆς ἀΐδιόν τε καὶ ἄρρητον ἐξ αὐτοῦ χορηγούμενοι εὐφροσύνην καὶ σύστασιν· ἧς ἀξιωθέντες, πρὸς μὲν τὸν
English
He, then, who does not desire bodily pleasure and does not at all fear pain has become free from passion in regard to these things, and together with the self-love that gave birth to them he has slain in one accord all the passions that come through them and from them, along with the most ruling ignorance of evils, and has become wholly devoted to the beautiful that is by nature steadfast and abiding and always in the same state, dwelling together with it altogether unmoved and, with unveiled face, mirroring the glory of God, beholding from the light-like radiance within himself the divine and unapproachable glory. Since, therefore, the word has shown us the straight and easy way of those who are saved, let us deny, with all our power, the pleasure of the present life and its pain, and let us teach those subject to us to do this with much exhortation, and let us have been wholly released and have released others from every device of the passions and every demonic mischief; and let us lay claim to divine love alone, and no one will be able to separate us from God—not tribulation, not distress, not famine, not danger, not sword, nor whatever else has been enumerated by the holy apostle in that passage—since, through knowledge according to activity, love remains unmoved within us, while from it the soul is supplied with everlasting and ineffable gladness and stability; and having been deemed worthy of this, toward the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:26 · narrative
Source
κόσμον τοῦτον τὴν σῴζουσαν ἕξομεν ἄγνοιαν, μηκέτι δίχα λογισμοῦ σώφρονος, ὡς τὸ πρότερον, ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ὡς δόξαν τὴν τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπιφάνειαν βλέποντες, περὶ ἣν τὰ πάθη προδήλως ἔχει τὴν γένεσιν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ τῆς διανοίας προσώπῳ, παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ καλύμματος ἀπηλλαγμένῳ, τὴν ἐν ἀρεταῖς καὶ γνώσει πνευματικῇ δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ κατοπτριζόμενοι, καθ᾽ ἣν ἡ κατὰ χάριν πρὸς Θεὸν γίνεσθαι πέφυκεν ἕνωσις, πάσης ἀγνοίας καὶ πτώσεως τὸν νοῦν διεγείρουσα. Ὡς γάρ, ἀγνοήσαντες τὸν Θεόν, τὴν ἀπολαυστικῶς τῇ αἰσθήσει γνωσθεῖσαν κτίσιν διὰ τὴν ἐξ αὐτῆς τοῦ σώματος σύστασιν Θεὸν ἐποιήσαμεν, οὕτω τὴν ἐφικτὴν τῇ νοήσει κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν γνῶσιν τοῦ Θεοῦ λαμβάνοντες, διὰ τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς πρός τε τὸ εἶναι καὶ εὖ εἶναι καὶ ἀεὶ εἶναι σύστασιν, πᾶσαν πάσης αἰσθήσεως ἀγνοήσομεν πεῖραν. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ. 1. Τήν σάρκα φησίν διά τῶν φαινομένων ἠθῶν εἶναι δεκτικὸν τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν τῆς ψυχῆς διαθέσεως, ὄργανον πρός ἔμφασιν αὐτῇ τῇ ψυχῇ συνεζευγμένην. 2. Τήν αἴσθησιν λέγει παραπέμπουσαν τῷ νῷ τήν τῶν ὁρατῶν φαντασίαν, πρός κατανόησιν τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν λόγων, ὡς ὄργανον τῆς τοῦ νοῦ πρός τά νοητά διαβάσεως.
English
We shall have this world as a saving ignorance, no longer without prudent reasoning, as formerly, seeing with the unveiled face of sense perception the appearance of sensible things as glory, around which the passions plainly have their origin, but rather with the unveiled face of the mind, freed from every sensible covering, mirroring the glory of God in virtues and spiritual knowledge, according to which the union with God that comes by grace naturally takes place, awakening the mind from all ignorance and fall. For just as, having been ignorant of God, we made the creation known pleasurably through sense perception into a god because of the body's constitution from it, so, receiving the knowledge of God attainable by the intellect in actual operation, because of the soul's constitution from him toward both being and well-being and always being, we shall be ignorant of every experience of every sense perception. SCHOLIA. 1. He says that the flesh, through the manifest dispositions, is receptive of the soul's disposition in virtue, an instrument joined to the soul itself for its expression. 2. He calls sense perception that which transmits to the mind the phantasy of visible things, for the understanding of the principles in existing things, as an instrument of the mind's passage toward intelligible things.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:27 · narrative
Source
3. Τῆς ἀγάπης ἴδιόν φησι τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτήν ζώντων μίαν ἐνδεῖξαι γνώμην. 4. Ὅτι τῶν ὄντων διαβάς τήν οὐσίαν ὁ νοῦς, ἀνόητος γίνεται Θεῷ προσβάλλων ὑπέρ πᾶσαν ὄντι κατ' οὐσίαν καί γνῶσιν καί νόησιν. 5. Ὅτι πρός τὰς διαθέσεις τῶν ψυχῶν ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος ἐν τοῖς δεχομένοις αὐτόν ποιεῖται τήν τῶν χαρισμάτων διαφοράν. 6. Ὅτι κατά διάνοιαν ὡς ὑπέρ παρουσῶν τῶν ὑλῶν τούς ἀφανεῖς ἐν ἡμῖν συμπλέκουσι πολέμους οἱ δαίμονες. 7. Ὅτι διά τήν ἡδονήν φησὶν ἀγαπῶμεν τά πάθη· καί διά τήν ὀδύνην τήν ἀρετήν ἀποφεύγομεν. 8. Ὅτι καθάπερ ὁ λόγος κρατῶν τῶν παθῶν ἀρετῆς ὄργανον ποιεῖται τάς αἰσθήσεις, οὕτω καί τά πάθη κρατοῦντα τοῦ λόγου, μορφοῦσι τάς αἰσθήσεις πρός ἁμαρτίαν. 9. Ὅτι καθ᾿ ἕξιν μετά τήν ἀπαλλαγήν τῆς πρός τά ὄντα φυσικῆς σχέσεως ἑνωθεῖσα τῷ Θεῷ ἡ ψυχή, τήν περί τό καλόν παγιότητα λαμβάνει ἀμετακίνητον. 10. Ὄντα λέγει τάς τῶν ὄντων οὐσίας· εἶναι δέ δοκοῦντα τάς κατά ποιὸν καί ποσὸν ῥοάς τε καί ἀποῤῥοάς, περί ἅς ἡ τῶν αἰσθήσεων πλάσις συνέστηκε τήν ἁμαρτίαν δημιουργοῦσα.
English
3. He says it is proper to love that those who live according to it show one mind. 4. That when the intellect has passed beyond the essence of beings, it becomes unknowing in its contact with God, who is beyond all essence, knowledge, and thought. 5. That the Word of God, in those who receive him, makes the difference of gifts according to the dispositions of souls. 6. That the demons, in the mind, as though the materials were present, weave the invisible wars within us. 7. That he says we love the passions because of pleasure, and we flee virtue because of pain. 8. That just as reason, mastering the passions, makes the senses an instrument of virtue, so too the passions, mastering reason, shape the senses toward sin. 9. That the soul, united to God by habit after release from its natural relation to beings, receives immovable stability concerning the beautiful. 10. He calls "beings" the essences of things that are; and "things that seem to be," the flows and effluences according to quality and quantity, around which the molding of the senses has arisen, creating sin.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:28 · narrative
Source
11. Ὅτι μέσος ὤν Θεοῦ καί ὕλης ὁ ἄνθρωπος, πρός τόν Θεόν ὡς αἰτίαν καί τέλος τῆς οἰκείας γενέσεως μή κινηθεὶς ἀλλά πρός τήν ὕλην, εἰκότως τόν Θεόν ἠγνόησε, τῇ πρός τήν ὕλην ῥοπῇ τόν νοῦν ἀπογεώσας. 12. Σύνθετον γνῶσιν εἶπεν, τήν κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν πεῖραν τῶν αἰσθητῶν, ὡς κατά φύσιν ἔχουσαν ἡδονήν διά τήν γένεσιν, καί πόνον διά τήν φθοράν. 13. Ἡ κτίσις τῶν ὁρατῶν, φησιν, καί πρός νοῦν ἔχει λόγους πνευματικούς, καί φυσικήν πρός αἴσθησιν δύναμιν· ὧν τά νοήματα καθάπερ ξύλον ἐν μέσῳ τῆς καρδίας, παραδείσου τροπικῶς νοουμένης, ὑπάρχουσι. 14. Ἀγνοεῖ τις τήν καθ᾿ ἡδονήν καί ὀδύνην τῆς αἰσθήσεως πεῖραν, ὅταν τῷ Θεῷ προσδήσει τόν νοῦν, τῆς σωματικῆς γενόμενον ἐλεύθερον σχέσεως. Ἐπειδὴ ἠγάθυνέ σε ὁ Θεὸς κελεῦσαί μοι ἅπερ εἶχον σεσημειωμένα τῶν ἀπορουμένων μοι κεφαλαίων γράψαι καὶ πέμψαι σοι, τὰ ἀναγκαιότερά μοι φανέντα προέταξα. Α (1). ΠΕΡΙ ΛΥΠΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΗΔΟΝΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΕΠΙΘΥΜΙΑΣ ΤΕ ΚΑΙ ΦΟΒΟΥ. 1. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Α' Τὰ πάθη αὐτὰ καθ᾽ αὑτὰ κακὰ ἢ παρὰ τὴν χρῆσιν κακά; Λέγω δὲ ἡδονὴν καὶ λύπην, ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ φόβον, καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑπόμενα. Ἀπόκρισις.
English
11. Since man is midway between God and matter, and did not move toward God as the cause and end of his own coming-into-being, but toward matter, he reasonably remained ignorant of God, having made his intellect earth-bound by his inclination toward matter. 12. He called knowledge composite—the experience of sensible things through perception—as having pleasure by nature because of generation, and pain because of corruption. 13. The creation of visible things, he says, contains both spiritual principles directed toward the intellect and a natural power directed toward perception; and their meanings are like wood in the midst of the heart, paradise being understood figuratively. 14. A person is ignorant of the experience of perception in pleasure and pain whenever he binds his intellect to God, having become free of bodily attachment. Since God has graciously commanded me to write and send to you what I had noted down of the chapters that perplexed me, I have set first the matters that seemed to me most necessary. A (1). ON GRIEF AND PLEASURE, AND DESIRE AND FEAR. 1. QUESTION 1: Are the passions themselves evil in themselves, or evil in their use? I mean pleasure and grief, desire and fear, and the things that follow them. Answer.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:29 · narrative
Source
Τὰ πάθη ταῦτα, ὥσπερ καὶ τὰ λοιπά, τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων προηγουμένως οὐ συνεκτίσθη, ἐπεὶ καὶ εἰς τὸν ὅρον ἂν συνετέλουν τῆς φύσεως. Λέγω δέ, παρὰ τοῦ Νυσσαέως μεγάλου Γρηγορίου μαθών, ὅτι διὰ τὴν τῆς τελειότητος ἔκπτωσιν ἐπεισήχθη ταῦτα, τῷ ἀλογωτέρῳ μέρει προσφυέντα τῆς φύσεως· δι᾽ ὧν, ἀντὶ τῆς θείας καὶ μακαρίας εἰκόνος, εὐθὺς ἅμα τῇ παραβάσει διαφανὴς καὶ ἐπίδηλος ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ γέγονεν ἡ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων ὁμοίωσις. Ἔδει γάρ, τῆς ἀξίας τοῦ λόγου καλυφθείσης, ὑφ᾽ ὧν γνωμικῶς ἐπεσπάσατο τῆς ἀλογίας γνωρισμάτων ἐνδίκως τὴν φύσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων κολάζεσθαι, σοφῶς εἰς συναίσθησιν τῆς λογικῆς μεγαλονοίας ἐλθεῖν οἰκονομοῦντος τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Πλὴν καλὰ γίνεται καὶ τὰ πάθη ἐν τοῖς σπουδαίοις, ὁπηνίκα σοφῶς αὐτὰ τῶν σωματικῶν ἀποστήσαντες, πρὸς τὴν τῶν οὐρανίων μεταχειρίζονται κτῆσιν· οἷον, τὴν μὲν ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς νοερᾶς τῶν θείων ἐφέσεως ὀρεκτικὴν ἐργάσονται κίνησιν, τὴν ἡδονὴν δὲ τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς θείοις χαρίσμασι τοῦ νοῦ θελκτικῆς ἐνεργείας εὐφροσύνην ἀπήμονα, τὸν δὲ φόβον τῆς μελλούσης ἐπὶ πλημμελήμασι τιμωρίας προφυλακτικὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, τὴν δὲ λύπην διορθωτικὴν ἐπὶ παρόντι κακῷ μεταμέλειαν, καὶ συντόμως εἰπεῖν, κατὰ τοὺς σοφοὺς τῶν ἰατρῶν, σώματι φθαρτικοῦ θηρὸς τῆς ἐχίδνης τὴν οὖσαν ἢ μελετωμένην ἀφαιρουμένους λώβωσιν, τοῖς πάθεσι τούτοις πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν χρώμενοι παρούσης κακίας ἢ προσδοκωμένης, καὶ κτῆσιν καὶ φυλακὴν ἀρετῆς τε καὶ γνώσεως. Καλὰ οὖν, ὡς ἔφην, ταῦτα τυγχάνει διὰ τὴν χρῆσιν ἐν τοῖς πᾶν νόημα αἰχμαλωτίζουσιν εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ.
English
These passions, like the others, were not created together with human nature from the beginning, since otherwise they would have contributed to the definition of nature. I say this having learned it from the great Gregory of Nyssa, that because of the fall from perfection these things were introduced, having grown onto the more irrational part of nature; through them, instead of the divine and blessed image, immediately with the transgression the likeness of irrational animals became clear and evident in man. For it was necessary that, when the worth of reason had been covered over, human nature should be justly punished by those marks of irrationality which it had drawn upon itself by choice, God wisely arranging that man come to a sense of his rational greatness. Yet the passions also become good in the earnest, whenever they wisely withdraw them from bodily things and employ them for the acquisition of heavenly things; for example, they will make desire a faculty of longing for the intelligible pursuit of divine things, and pleasure a harmless joy of the mind's attractive activity in the divine gifts, and fear a precautionary care against the future punishment for transgressions, and grief a corrective repentance over present evil, and, to speak briefly, like wise physicians who remove the existing or threatened injury of the viper, a destructive beast, from the body, they use these passions for the removal of present or expected evil, and for the acquisition and guarding of virtue and knowledge. These things, then, as I said, are good because of their use in those who take every thought captive to the obedience of Christ.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:30 · narrative
Source
Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ Θεοῦ τι τούτων εἴρηται τῇ Γραφῇ ἢ ἐπὶ ἁγίων, ἐπὶ μὲν Θεοῦ, δι᾽ ἡμᾶς, ὡς ἡμῖν προσφυῶς διὰ τῶν ἡμετέρων παθῶν τὰς σωστικὰς ἡμῶν καὶ ἀγαθουργοὺς τῆς προνοίας προόδους ἐκφαίνοντος, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἁγίων, ὡς οὐκ ἄλλως δυναμένων τὰς περὶ Θεὸν νοερὰς αὐτῶν σχέσεις τε καὶ διαθέσεις διὰ φωνῆς προενέγκαι σωματικῆς, χωρὶς τῶν ἐγνωσμένων τῇ φύσει παθῶν. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ. 1. Ὅτι τούς δαφόρους περί ἡμᾶς τῆς προνοίας τρόπους τοῖς ἡμῖν ἐγνωσμένοις πάθεσιν ἡ Γραφή διαπλάττεται. 2. Ὅτι τήν περί Θεόν ποιάν σχέσιν τῶν ἁγίων τοῖς ὀνόμασι τούτοις τούτοις ἡ Γραφή διασημαίνει. Β (2). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΤΙ ΣΗΜΑΙΝΕΙ "Ο ΠΑΤΗΡ ΜΟΥ ΕΩΣ ΑΡΤΙ ΕΡΓΑΖΕΤΑΙ". 2. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Β' Εἰ πάντα τὰ εἴδη τὰ συμπληροῦντα τὸν κόσμον ἐν ταῖς ἓξ ἡμέραις ὁ δημιουργὸς ἐποίησεν, τί μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ Πατὴρ ἐργάζεται; Λέγει γὰρ ὁ Σωτὴρ ὁ Πατήρ μου ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι. Μή τι ἆρα τὴν τῶν ἅπαξ γεγονότων εἰδῶν συντήρησιν λέγει; Ἀπόκρισις.
English
But if Scripture has said any of these things also of God or of the saints—of God, for our sake, as when he reveals his saving and beneficent advances of providence to us in a manner suited to us, through our own passions; and of the saints, as being unable otherwise to express in spoken words their intelligible relations and dispositions toward God, except through bodily passions known to nature. SCHOLIA. 1. That Scripture shapes the various modes of providence toward us by means of the passions known to us. 2. That Scripture signifies the particular relation of the saints toward God by these names. B (2). ON WHAT "MY FATHER WORKS UNTIL NOW" MEANS. 2. QUESTION 2: If the Creator made all the forms that fill the world in the six days, what does the Father work after these things? For the Savior says, "My Father works until now, and I work." Does he perhaps mean the preservation of the forms that have once come to be? Answer.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:31 · narrative
Source
Τοὺς μὲν πρώτους τῶν γεγονότων λόγους ὁ Θεὸς καὶ τὰς καθόλου τῶν ὄντων οὐσίας ἅπαξ, ὡς οἶδεν αὐτός, συμπληρώσας, ἔτι ἐργάζεται οὐ μόνον τὴν τούτων αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸ εἶναι συντήρησιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς δυνάμει μερῶν δημιουργίαν πρόοδόν τε καὶ σύστασιν, ἔτι μὴν καὶ τὴν διὰ τῆς προνοίας πρὸς τὰ καθόλου τῶν μερικῶν ἐξομοίωσιν, ἕως ἄν, τῷ κατὰ φύσιν γενικωτέρῳ λόγῳ τῆς λογικῆς οὐσίας διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ εὖ εἶναι κινήσεως τῶν μερικῶν τὴν αὐθαίρετον ἑνώσας ὁρμήν, ποιήσειεν ἀλλήλοις τε καὶ τῷ ὅλῳ σύμφωνα καὶ ταὐτοκίνητα, μὴ ἐχόντων τὴν γνωμικὴν πρὸς τὰ καθόλου τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους διαφοράν, ἀλλ᾽ εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ἐφ᾽ ὅλων θεωρηθήσεται λόγος, μὴ διαιρούμενος τοῖς τῶν καθ᾽ ὧν ἴσως κατηγορεῖται τρόποις, καὶ οὕτως ἐνεργουμένην τὴν ἐκθεωτικὴν τῶν ὅλων ἐπιδείξηται χάριν· δι᾽ ἣν γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Λόγος φησὶν ὁ Πατήρ μου ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι, ὁ μὲν εὐδοκῶν, ὁ δὲ αὐτουργῶν, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος οὐσιωδῶς τήν τε τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐπὶ πᾶσιν εὐδοκίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτουργίαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ συμπληροῦντος, ἵνα γένηται διὰ πάντων καὶ ἐν πᾶσι εἷς ὁ ἐν τριάδι Θεός, ἀναλόγως ὅλος ἑκάστῳ κατὰ χάριν τῶν ἀξιουμένων καὶ ὅλοις ἐνθεωρούμενος, ὡς ὅλῳ καὶ ἑκάστῳ μέλει τοῦ σώματος δίχα μειώσεως ἐνυπάρχει φυσικῶς ἡ ψυχή.
English
God, having once for all, as he himself knows, brought to completion the first principles of things that have come to be and the universal essences of beings, still works not only for the preservation of these things themselves in being, but also for the creation, procession, and constitution in actuality of the parts that exist potentially within them, and further for the assimilation of the particular through providence to the universal, until, by uniting the voluntary impulse of the particulars through their movement toward well-being to the more generic natural principle of rational essence, he may make them concordant with one another and with the whole and self-moved, no longer having the difference of inclination of the particulars in relation to the universals, but one and the same principle will be contemplated in all, not divided by the modes of the things of which it is perhaps predicated, and thus he may display the deifying grace of all things in operation; for the sake of which God and the Word became man, and the Father says, My Father works even until now, and I work—the one approving, the other working directly, and the Holy Spirit substantially completing both the Father's good pleasure over all things and the direct working of the Son, so that through all things and in all things there may become one God in Trinity, wholly present to each proportionately according to the grace of those deemed worthy, and contemplated in all, as the soul is naturally present whole in each member of the body without diminution.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:32 · narrative
Source
ΣΧΟΛΙΑ. 1. Ἐν τῇ ὕλῃ· τουτέστι, τῇ καθόλου τῶν ὄντων οὐσίᾳ δυνάμει τυγχάνουσι, τά κατά μέρος ἐκ τῆς ὕλης γινόμενα μερικά, ὧν τήν γένεσιν φησίν ὁ Θεός προδήλως ἐργάζεται. 2. Τήν πρός τά καθόλου τῶν μερικῶν ἐξομοίωσιν λέγει, τήν πάντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατά μίαν τῆς γνώμης κίνησιν πρός τόν λόγον τῆς φύσεως ἕνωσιν, ἥν ἐργάζεται διά τῆς προνοίας ὁ Θεός, ἵνα γένηται πάντων ὥσπερ μία φύσις, οὕτω καί γνώμη, πάντων Θεῷ τε καί ἀλλήλοις συναφθέντων διά τοῦ Πνεύματος. Γ (3). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΕΝ ΤΩ ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΩ ΒΑΣΤΑΖΟΝΤΟΣ ΤΟ ΚΕΡΑΜΙΟΝ ΤΟΥ ΥΔΑΤΟΣ. 3. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Γ' Τίς ἐστι κατὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον ὁ ἐν τῇ πόλει τὸ κεράμιον βαστάζων τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ διὰ τί ὕδατος, ᾧ οἱ ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ πεμπόμενοι μαθηταὶ ἀπαντῶσι καὶ κελεύονται ἀκολουθεῖν; Τίς τε ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης; Καὶ διὰ τί παρὰ τοῖς εὐαγγελισταῖς σιωπᾶται τὸ ὄνομα; Καὶ τί τὸ ἀνώγαιον τὸ μέγα καὶ ἐστρωμένον, ἐν ᾧ τὸ φρικτὸν τοῦ θείου δείπνου ἐκτελεῖται μυστήριον; Ἀπόκρισις. Οὐ μόνον ἡ Γραφὴ παρεσιώπησε τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ὄνομα, πρὸς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Σωτὴρ τοὺς δύο μαθητὰς εἰς τὴν τοῦ Πάσχα παρασκευήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς πόλεως εἰς ἣν ἀπεστάλησαν.
English
SCHOLIA. 1. "In matter": that is, in the universal essence of beings which exists potentially, the particular things that come to be from matter are particular, whose generation God says he manifestly works. 2. He means the assimilation of particular things to universals, the union of all men, by one motion of the will, to the principle of nature, which God works through providence, so that there may be, as it were, one nature of all, and so also one will, all being joined to God and to one another through the Spirit. 3. CONCERNING THE ONE IN THE GOSPEL WHO CARRIES THE JAR OF WATER. QUESTION 3: Who is the one in the Gospel who carries the jar of water in the city, and why of water, whom the disciples sent by Christ meet and are commanded to follow? And who is the householder? And why is his name passed over in silence by the evangelists? And what is the great upper room, furnished, in which the awesome mystery of the divine supper is accomplished? ANSWER. Not only has the Scripture passed over in silence the name of the man to whom the Savior sent the two disciples for the preparation of the Passover, but also that of the city to which they were sent.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:33 · narrative
Source
Ὅθεν, κατὰ πρώτην ἐπιβολήν, ὑπονοῶ τοῦτο δηλοῦσθαι διὰ τῆς πόλεως τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον, τὸν ἄνθρωπον δὲ τὴν καθόλου φύσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς ἣν ἀποστέλλονται, ὥσπερ μαθηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Λόγου, καὶ πρόδρομοι τῆς αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν φύσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μυστικῆς εὐωχίας ἑτοιμασταί, ὁ τῆς πρώτης διαθήκης νόμος καὶ ὁ τῆς καινῆς, ὁ μὲν διὰ τῆς πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας παντὸς μολυσμοῦ τὴν φύσιν ἀποκαθαίρων, ὁ δὲ διὰ τῆς θεωρητικῆς μυσταγωγίας ἀπὸ τῶν σωματικῶν πρὸς τὰ συγγενῆ τῶν νοητῶν θεάματα τὸν νοῦν γνωστικῶς ἀναβιβάζων. Καὶ τούτου τεκμήριον τὸ τοὺς πεμφθέντας μαθητὰς εἶναι Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην· ἔστι γὰρ ὁ μὲν Πέτρος πράξεως, ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης θεωρίας σύμβολον. Διὸ προσφόρως ὑπαντᾷ πρῶτος αὐτοῖς ὁ τὸ κεράμιον βαστάζων τοῦ ὕδατος, σημαίνων δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ πάντας τοὺς κατὰ τὴν πρακτικὴν φιλοσοφίαν τοῖς ὤμοις τῶν ἀρετῶν, ὡς ἐν κεραμίῳ, τῇ νεκρώσει τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς μελῶν τοῦ σώματος φρουρουμένην βαστάζοντας τὴν διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῶν μολυσμῶν αὐτοὺς ἐκκαθαίρουσαν χάριν τοῦ Πνεύματος, εἶτα μετὰ τοῦτον δεύτερος ὁ τὸ ἀνώγαιον τὸ ἐστρωμένον δεικνὺς οἰκοδεσπότης, διδάσκων ὡσαύτως δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ πάντας τοὺς κατὰ τὴν θεωρίαν τὸ ὕψος τῆς ἑαυτῶν καθαρᾶς καὶ μεγαλοφυοῦς διανοίας, ὥσπερ ἀνώγαιον, πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν τοῦ μεγάλου Λόγου θεοπρεπῶς γνωστικοῖς νοήμασί τε καὶ δόγμασι καταστρώσαντας.
English
Hence, at first glance, I surmise that by the city is signified the sensible world, and by the man the universal nature of human beings, to whom they are sent as disciples of God and the Word, and as forerunners preparing his mystical banquet for the nature of human beings—the law of the first covenant and that of the new: the one cleansing the nature from every defilement through practical philosophy, the other raising the mind up in a knowing way from bodily things to the kindred visions of intelligible things through contemplative initiation. And the proof of this is that the disciples sent are Peter and John; for Peter is a symbol of action, and John of contemplation. Therefore fittingly the one carrying the jar of water meets them first, signifying by himself all those who, in accordance with practical philosophy, carry on the shoulders of the virtues, as in a jar, the grace of the Spirit guarded by the mortification of the members of the body that are upon the earth, which cleanses them from defilements through faith; and then after him, second, the master of the house showing the furnished upper room, teaching likewise by himself all those who, in accordance with contemplation, have furnished the height of their own pure and noble-minded understanding, as an upper room, in a God-befitting manner with knowing thoughts and doctrines for the reception of the great Word.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:34 · narrative
Source
Ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐστὶν ἡ κατ᾽ εὐσέβειαν ἕξις, πρὸς ἣν ὁ μὲν πρακτικὸς ὁδεύει νοῦς τὴν ἀρετὴν διέπων, δεσπόζει δὲ ταύτης, ὡς ἰδίαν λοιπὸν φύσει κτησάμενος, ὁ τῷ θείῳ φωτὶ τῆς μυστικῆς γνώσεως καταλαμπόμενος νοῦς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, σὺν τῷ πρακτικῷ, τῆς ὑπερφυοῦς τοῦ Σωτῆρος Λόγου παρουσίας τε καὶ εὐωχίας ἀξιούμενος. Εἷς μὲν οὖν ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἴρηται καὶ δύο, εἴπερ ὁ μὲν κεράμιον βαστάζων γέγραπται, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδεσπότης ἀνηγόρευται· εἷς μέν, ὡς ἔφην, τυχόν, διὰ τὴν μίαν φύσιν, δύο δὲ διὰ τὸ ταύτην τὴν φύσιν τοῖς πρακτικοῖς κατ᾽ εὐσέβειαν διῃρῆσθαι καὶ θεωρητικοῖς· οὓς πάλιν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος μιγνὺς ὁ Λόγος ἕνα καλεῖ τε καὶ ποιεῖ. Εἰ δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸν καθέκαστον ἄνθρωπον θέλοι τις τὰ εἰρημένα θεωρῆσαι, τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἐκβέβηκε. Πόλις γάρ ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ καθέκαστον ψυχή, εἰς ἣν διαπαντὸς ἀποστέλλονται, ὡς μαθηταὶ τοῦ Λόγου καὶ Θεοῦ, οἱ περὶ ἀρετῆς καὶ γνώσεως λόγοι. Ὁ δὲ τὸ κεράμιον βαστάζων τοῦ ὕδατός ἐστιν ὁ ἀνέχων τοῖς ὤμοις τῆς ἐγκρατείας ἀκαθαίρετον τὴν ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι δοθεῖσαν χάριν τῆς πίστεως καρτερικὸς τρόπος τε καὶ λογισμός. Ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκ πολλῶν καὶ διαφόρων, ὥσπερ λίθων, στερρῶν τε καὶ ἀνδρικῶν ἠθῶν τε καὶ λογισμῶν οἰκοδομηθεῖσα κατάστασίς τε καὶ ἕξις τῶν ἀρετῶν. Τὸ δὲ ἀνώγαιον ἡ πλατεῖα καὶ εὐρύχωρός ἐστι διάνοιά τε καὶ ἐπιτηδειότης τῆς γνώσεως, θείοις μυστικῶν τε καὶ ἀπορρήτων δογμάτων κατακοσμηθεῖσα θεάμασιν. Ὁ δὲ οἰκοδεσπότης ἐστὶν ὁ νοῦς ὁ τῷ λαμπρῷ τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν οἰκίας καὶ τῷ ὕψει κάλλει τε καὶ μεγέθει τῆς γνώσεως ἐμπλατυνόμενος·
English
The house is the disposition according to piety, toward which the practical mind walks, administering virtue, and it rules over this house, having now acquired it as its own by nature—the mind illumined by the divine light of mystical knowledge, and for this reason, together with the practical mind, deemed worthy of the supernatural presence and banquet of the Savior Word. Now the man has been called both one and two, since the one is written as carrying a jar, and the other is proclaimed as the master of the house; one, as I said, perhaps because of the one nature, but two because this nature is divided into the practical and the contemplative according to piety; and these again the Word, mingling them through the Spirit, calls and makes one. But if someone wishes to contemplate what has been said in relation to each individual human being, he has not departed from the truth. For the city is the soul of each individual, into which are always sent, as disciples of the Word and God, the principles concerning virtue and knowledge. And the one carrying the jar of water is the patient manner and reasoning that bears on the shoulders of self-control the grace of faith given in baptism, undestroyed. And the house is the condition and disposition of the virtues, built from many and various, as it were, stones—firm and manly characters and thoughts. And the upper room is the broad and spacious understanding and aptitude of knowledge, adorned with divine visions of mystical and secret doctrines. And the master of the house is the mind, widened by the brightness of the house according to virtue and by the height, beauty, and greatness of knowledge.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:35 · narrative
Source
πρὸς ὃν μετὰ τῶν αὐτοῦ μαθητῶν, τουτέστι τῶν περὶ φύσεως καὶ χρόνου πρώτων καὶ πνευματικῶν νοημάτων, ἐνδημῶν ὁ Λόγος ἑαυτὸν μεταδίδωσιν. Πάσχα γὰρ ἀληθῶς ἐστιν ἡ πρὸς τὸν ἀνθρώπινον νοῦν τοῦ Λόγου διάβασις, καθ᾽ ἣν τὸ πλῆρες ἅπασι χαρίζεται τοῖς ἀξίοις διὰ τῆς τῶν οἰκείων ἀγαθῶν μετοχῆς παραγινόμενος μυστικῶς ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος. Δ (4). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΜΗ ΚΤΗΣΑΣΘΑΙ ΔΥΟ ΧΙΤΩΝΑΣ. 4. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Δ' Πῶς τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐνετείλατο ὁ Κύριος μὴ κτήσασθαι δύο χιτῶνας, αὐτὸς πέντε κεκτημένος κατὰ τὸν ἅγιον εὐαγγελιστὴν Ἰωάννην, ὡς ἐκ τῶν μερισαμένων αὐτὰ δῆλόν ἐστι. Καὶ τίνα ταῦτα τυγχάνει τὰ ἱμάτια; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ Σωτὴρ οὐκ ἔσχε πέντε χιτῶνας ἀλλ᾽ ἕνα τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὴν ἔξω περιβολήν, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἐντὸς ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος καλοῦσι χιτώνιον, τὴν ἔξω δὲ περιβολὴν προσαγορεύουσιν ἱμάτιον. Ἀλλὰ μυστικῶς τῷ ῥητῷ τῆς ἱστορίας τὸ τῆς θεωρίας ἄρρητον ὁ μέγας ἐξέδωκε διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος εὐαγγελιστὴς Ἰωάννης, ἵνα τὸν ἡμέτερον νοῦν διὰ τῶν ἱστορουμένων ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὁδηγήσῃ τῶν νοουμένων. Ὁ μὲν οὖν ἄνωθεν ὑφαντὸς διόλου χιτὼν τοῦ Σωτῆρος, ὃν οὐκ ἔσχισαν οἱ σταυρώσαντες, κἂν ἐκδύσαι συνεχωρήθησαν, ἡ διάλληλος τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀδιάστατός ἐστι συνοχή τε καὶ συμπλοκὴ καὶ παρ᾽ ἡμῶν τῷ λόγῳ κατάλληλος καὶ
English
To whom the Word, dwelling together with his own disciples—that is, with the first and spiritual thoughts concerning nature and time—gives himself in participation. For truly the Passover is the passage of the Word to the human mind, through which he grants the fullness to all who are worthy, coming to be mystically present through participation in his own good things, the Word of God. 4. CONCERNING NOT ACQUIRING TWO TUNICS. Question 4: How did the Lord command the disciples not to acquire two tunics, when he himself had five according to the holy evangelist John, as is clear from those who divided them? And what are these garments? Answer. The Savior did not have five tunics but one upon the body and the outer garment, of which the inner one upon the body they call the tunic, and the outer garment they name the cloak. But mystically, the great evangelist John, through the Spirit, delivered the ineffable meaning of contemplation to the literal statement of the history, so that through the things narrated he might guide our mind to the truth of the things understood. The tunic of the Savior, then, woven from above throughout, which those who crucified him did not tear, though they were permitted to strip it off, is the indivisible interconnection and intertwining of the virtues, and, in our account, fitting and
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:36 · narrative
Source
πρέπουσα σκέπη, ἢ ἡ ἄνωθεν κατ᾽ αὐτὸν τοῦ νέου ἀνθρώπου διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος ὑφασμένη χάρις. Ἡ ἔξω δὲ περιβολὴ ὁ αἰσθητός ἐστι κόσμος, στοιχείοις τέσσαρσι διαιρούμενος, ὃν ὡς τέσσαρα ἱμάτια μερίζονται οἱ νοητῶς ἐν ἡμῖν σταυροῦντες τὸν Κύριον. Μερίζονται τοίνυν οἱ δαίμονες τὴν φαινομένην κτίσιν τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων, πρὸς πάθος ὁρᾶν κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἡμᾶς παρασκευάζοντες τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ θείους ἀγνοήσαντας λόγους. Τὸν δὲ χιτῶνα τῶν ἀρετῶν κἂν ἐπαίρουσιν ἐξ ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς τῶν καλῶν ἀπραξίας, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν κακίαν εἶναι πεῖσαι οὐ δύνανται. Μὴ τοίνυν πλεονεξίας ἀφορμὴν ποιήσωμεν τὰ πέντε τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἱμάτια, ἀλλὰ γνῶμεν τί τῆς Γραφῆς ὑπάρχει τὸ βούλημα, καὶ πῶς ἐν ἡμῖν ἀμελοῦσι τῶν καλῶν ὁ Κύριος σταυροῦται καὶ γυμνοῦται διὰ τῆς ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς ἀργίας, καὶ πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν παθῶν δι᾽ ἡμῶν, ὥσπερ ἱμάτια, μερίζονται τὴν αὐτοῦ κτίσιν οἱ δαίμονες· καὶ ἀσφαλεῖς γενώμεθα φύλακες τῶν ἐκ Θεοῦ χαρισθέντων ἡμῖν ἀγαθῶν· καὶ τὴν κτίσιν καλῶς πρὸς μόνην τὴν αὐτοῦ θεασώμεθα δόξαν· καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα τοῦ λόγου τῆς γνώσεως, φημὶ δὲ τὰς ἀρετάς, διὰ τῆς σπουδῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων ἀναφαίρετον τηρήσωμεν.
English
The fitting covering, or the grace of the new man woven from above in accordance with him through the Spirit. The outer garment is the sensible world, divided into four elements, which those who spiritually crucify the Lord in us divide as four garments. Therefore the demons divide the apparent creation of the four elements, preparing us to look upon it with passion through sense perception, since we have ignored the divine principles within it. And though they lift away from us the tunic of the virtues through our neglect of good deeds, they cannot persuade us that virtue is vice. Let us not, then, make the five garments of the Savior an occasion for greed, but let us understand what the will of the Scripture is, and how, when we neglect good things, the Lord is crucified in us and stripped bare through our idleness in good things, and the demons divide his creation, as it were garments, through us for the service of passions. And let us become safe guardians of the good things graced to us by God, and let us look upon creation rightly for his glory alone, and let us keep the tunic of the word of knowledge—I mean the virtues—irremovable through our zeal for good works.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:37 · narrative
Source
Εἰ δὲ βούλεσθε, πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις, χιτῶνα μὲν νοεῖν ἄνωθεν ὑφαντὸν τὸν τῶν ἀσωμάτων καὶ νοητῶν οὐσιῶν κόσμον, τὴν ἔξω δὲ περιβολήν, ἣν εἰς τέσσαρα μέρη ὡς στοιχεῖα διεῖλεν ὁ λόγος, εἰς τὴν σωματικὴν φύσιν νοεῖν, οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεσθε τῆς ἀληθείας· ὧν τὸ μὲν σῶμα τῇ φθορᾷ διέλυσαν, ἰσχὺν λαβόντες καθ᾽ ἡμῶν τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἐντολῆς τὴν παράβασιν, τὴν δὲ ψυχήν, ὡς τῆς ἄνωθεν συγγενείας ὑπάρχουσαν, οὐ κατέσχισαν. Ε (5). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΚΑΤΑΡΑΘΕΙΣΗΣ ΓΗΣ ΕΝ ΤΟΙΣ ΕΡΓΟΙΣ ΤΟΥ ΑΔΑΜ. 5. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Ε' Τίς ἡ καταρωμένη γῆ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῦ Ἀδὰμ κατὰ τὴν ἀναγωγήν; Καὶ τί τὸ ἐν λύπαις αὐτὴν φαγεῖν; Καὶ τί τὸ μετὰ τὸ ἀνατεῖλαι ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους τὸν χόρτον ἐσθίειν; Καὶ τί τὸ τελευταῖον ἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ τὸν ἄρτον φαγεῖν; Καὶ μέντοι οὐδέποτε ὤφθη ἄνθρωπος γῆν ἐσθίων οὔτε χόρτον· οὐδὲ οἱ τὸν ἄρτον ἐσθίοντες κατὰ τὴν ἀπόφασιν τῆς ἱστορίας ἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου ἐσθίουσιν. Ἀπόκρισις. Ἡ κατηραμένη γῆ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῦ Ἀδάμ ἐστιν ἡ σὰρξ τοῦ Ἀδάμ, ἀεὶ γινομένη διὰ τῶν ἔργων τοῦ Ἀδάμ, λέγω δὲ τῶν παθῶν τοῦ γεωθέντος νοῦ, κατηραμένη τῇ τῶν ἀρετῶν, ὡς ἔργων Θεοῦ, ἀκαρπίᾳ· ἣν μετ᾽ ὀδύνης πολλῆς καὶ λύπης ἐσθίει τῆς κατ᾽ αὐτὴν μικρᾶς ἡδονῆς ἀπολαύων.
English
But if you wish, in addition to what has been said, to understand the garment woven from above as the world of incorporeal and intelligible essences, and the outer covering, which the account divided into four parts as elements, to understand as bodily nature, you will not miss the truth. Of these, they dissolved the body by corruption, having taken strength against us through the transgression of the law of the commandment, but the soul, since it is of the kinship from above, they did not tear asunder. E (5). On the earth cursed in the works of Adam. Question 5: What is the earth cursed in the works of Adam according to the anagogical sense? And what is it to eat it in sorrows? And what is it, after thorns and thistles have sprung up, to eat the grass? And what is it, finally, to eat bread in the sweat of his face? And yet no man was ever seen eating earth or grass; nor do those who eat bread according to the declaration of the history eat in the sweat of their face. Answer. The earth cursed in the works of Adam is the flesh of Adam, always becoming through the works of Adam—I mean the passions of the mind that has become earthy—cursed by the barrenness of the virtues, which are the works of God; which he eats with much pain and sorrow, enjoying the little pleasure that is according to it.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:38 · narrative
Source
Ἥτις σὰρξ ὑπὲρ ταύτης τῆς φθαρτῆς ἀπολαύσεως ἀνατέλλει αὐτῷ μερίμνας καὶ φροντίδας, καθάπερ ἀκάνθας, καὶ μεγάλους πειρασμοὺς καὶ κινδύνους, ὥσπερ τριβόλους, κατά τε λόγον καὶ θυμὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν ἀλγεινῶς αὐτὸν πανταχόθεν κατακεντοῦντας, ἵνα μόλις δυνηθῇ τὴν ταύτης ὑγείαν τε καὶ εὐεξίαν, ὡς χόρτον μαραινόμενον, περιποιήσασθαι καὶ φαγεῖν, τουτέστι τυχεῖν, καὶ τότε μετὰ πολλὴν τῶν δεινῶν ἐπανακύκλησιν ἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν καμάτῳ τε καὶ κόπῳ τῆς περιέργου κατασκοπῆς τῶν αἰσθητῶν, ὥσπερ ἄρτον, τὴν πρὸς σύστασιν ἔχειν τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς ἀφορμήν, ἢ διὰ τέχνης ἢ δι᾽ ἄλλης τινὸς περινενοημένης τῷ βίῳ μεθοδίας. Ἢ μᾶλλον γῆ τοῦ Ἀδάμ ἐστιν ἡ καρδία, κατάραν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τὴν τῶν οὐρανίων ἀγαθῶν ἀφαίρεσιν. Ἥντινα γῆν κατὰ τὴν πρακτικὴν φιλοσοφίαν διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων ἐσθίει, καθαρθεῖσαν τῆς κατὰ συνείδησιν τῆς κατάρας τῶν ἔργων τῆς αἰσχύνης. Καὶ πάλιν τοὺς ἀνατέλλοντας ἐν αὐτῇ δίκην
English
This flesh, for the sake of that corruptible enjoyment, raises up for him cares and anxieties like thorns, and great temptations and dangers like thistles, grievously pricking him on every side in reason, in temper, and in desire, so that he can scarcely procure and eat its health and well-being, which withers like grass—that is, obtain it—and then, after many a recurrence of troubles, in the sweat of his face—that is, in the labor and toil, perceptible to the senses, of the meddlesome scrutiny of sensible things—he may have, like bread, a means of support for the present life, either through craft or through some other method devised for life. Or rather, the earth of Adam is the heart, which received a curse through the transgression—the removal of heavenly goods. This earth, in the practical philosophy, he eats through many afflictions, once it has been purified in conscience from the curse of shameful deeds. And again, those that spring up in it like
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:39 · narrative
Source
ἀκανθῶν λογισμοὺς περὶ τῆς τῶν σωμάτων γενέσεως καί, ὥσπερ τριβόλους, τοὺς περὶ τῶν ἀσωμάτων προνοίας τε καὶ κρίσεως περισκελεῖς λογισμοὺς ἀποκαθαίρων τῷ λόγῳ, τὴν φυσικήν, ὥσπερ χόρτον, δρέπεται πνευματικῶς θεωρίαν. Καὶ οὕτως, ὡς ἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου, τῷ ἐπιστημονικῷ τῆς διανοίας κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν τρόπῳ τὸν ἄφθαρτον τῆς θεολογίας ἄρτον ἐσθίει, τὸν μόνον ὄντως ζωτικόν, καὶ τῶν ἐσθιόντων αὐτὸν συντηροῦντα πρὸς ἀφθαρσίαν τὴν γένεσιν. Γῆ τοίνυν ἐστίν, καλῶς ἐσθιομένη, ἡ διὰ πράξεως τῆς καρδίας κάθαρσις, χόρτος δὲ ἡ κατὰ τὴν φυσικὴν θεωρίαν ἐπιστήμη τῶν γεγονότων, ἄρτος δὲ ἡ κατὰ τὴν θεολογίαν ἀληθὴς μυσταγωγία. ΣΧΟΛΙΟΝ 1. Ἔργα λέγει τοῦ Ἀδάμ τά πάθη τῆς ἀτιμίας· τάς γάρ ἀρετάς ἐργάζεται μόνος ὁ Θεός ἐν τοῖς βουλομένοις· πρός τήν τῶν ἀρετῶν φανέρωσιν, μόνην καθάπερ ὄργανον λαμβάνων, τῶν βουλομένων τήν πρόθεσιν. (6). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "Ο ΓΕΓΕΝΝΗΜΕΝΟΣ ΕΚ ΤΟΥ ΘΕΟΥ ΑΜΑΡΤΙΑΝ ΟΥ ΠΟΙΕΙ". 6. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ' Εἰ κατὰ τὸν ἅγιον Ἰωάννην ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ὅτι σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ οὐ δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν, ὁ δὲ γεγεννημένος ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος οὗτος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται, πῶς οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος γεγεννημένοι ἡμεῖς δυνάμεθα ἁμαρτάνειν; Ἀπόκρισις.
English
Cleansing by reason the thoughts of thorns concerning the generation of bodies, and, as it were, the tough thistle-like thoughts concerning the providence and judgment of incorporeal things, he spiritually reaps the natural contemplation like grass. And thus, as in the sweat of his face, by the scientific mode of the intellect in knowledge, he eats the incorruptible bread of theology, the only truly life-giving bread, which preserves those who eat it unto incorruption in their generation. Therefore the earth, rightly eaten, is the purification of the heart through practice; the grass is the knowledge of created things according to natural contemplation; and the bread is the true mystical initiation according to theology. Scholion 1. He calls the works of Adam the passions of dishonor; for God alone works the virtues in those who will it, taking their intention as an instrument, as it were, for the manifestation of the virtues. (6). CONCERNING "HE WHO IS BEGOTTEN OF GOD DOES NOT SIN." 6. QUESTION: If, according to the holy John, he who is begotten of God does not sin, because his seed remains in him, and he cannot sin, and he who is begotten of water and the Spirit is begotten of God, how can we who are begotten of God through baptism sin? ANSWER.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:40 · narrative
Source
Διττὸς ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς ἐκ Θεοῦ γεννήσεως ὁ τρόπος· ὁ μὲν πᾶσαν δυνάμει παροῦσαν τοῖς γεννωμένοις διδοὺς τὴν χάριν τῆς υἱοθεσίας, ὁ δὲ κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν ὅλην παροῦσαν καὶ τὴν τοῦ γεννωμένου πᾶσαν πρὸς τὸν γεννῶντα Θεὸν προαίρεσιν γνωμικῶς μεταπλάττουσαν εἰσάγων· καὶ ὁ μὲν κατὰ πίστιν μόνην δυνάμει παροῦσαν τὴν χάριν ἔχων, ὁ δὲ πρὸς τῇ πίστει καὶ τὴν κατ᾽ ἐπίγνωσιν ἐνεργοῦσαν ἐν τῷ ἐπεγνωκότι τὴν τοῦ γνωσθέντος θειοτάτην ὁμοίωσιν ἐμποιῶν. Οἷς μὲν οὖν ὁ πρῶτος τῆς γεννήσεως ἐνθεωρεῖται τρόπος, διὰ τὸ μήπω τὴν γνώμην καθαρῶς ἐξηλωθεῖσαν τῆς σαρκικῆς προσπαθείας ποιωθῆναι διόλου τῷ Πνεύματι κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τῶν ἐγνωσμένων θείων μυστηρίων δι᾽ ἐνεργείας τὴν μέθεξιν, τὸ πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν ῥέψαι ποτὲ βουλομένοις οὐκ ἄπεστιν. Οὐ γὰρ γεννᾷ γνώμην τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ θέλουσαν, ἀλλὰ βουλομένην μεταπλάττει πρὸς θέωσιν· ἧς ὁ κατ᾽ ἐπίγνωσιν πείρᾳ μεταλαβὼν οὐ δύναται τοῦ κυρίως κατ᾽ ἀλήθειαν ἅπαξ ἔργῳ διαγνωσθέντος πρὸς ἄλλο τι παρ᾽ ἐκεῖνο κἀκεῖνο εἶναι προσποιούμενον μεταπεσεῖν, ὥσπερ οὔτε ὀφθαλμὸς ἅπαξ τὸν ἥλιον θεασάμενος εἰς τὴν σελήνην ἤ τινας ἄλλους τῶν κατ᾽ οὐρανὸν ἀστέρων παραγνωρίσαι.
English
The mode of the birth from God within us is twofold: the one gives to those being born the grace of adoption that is present wholly in potential, while the other brings in the grace that is present wholly in actuality and that wholly transforms, by deliberate choice, the whole disposition of the one being born toward God who begets him. And the one has the grace present in potential through faith alone, while the other, in addition to faith, also produces in the one who has known the most divine likeness of the known object, working through knowledge. Therefore, for those in whom the first mode of birth is observed, because their disposition has not yet been purely purified from fleshly attachment and wholly molded by the Spirit, so as to partake through actuality of the divine mysteries that have been known, the tendency to slip toward sin is not absent for those who at some time wish it. For the Spirit does not beget a disposition that is unwilling, but transforms the willing one toward deification. Having partaken of this through knowledge by experience, one cannot fall away from that which has once been truly and properly known by deed to something else, even something pretending to be that. Just as an eye that has once beheld the sun cannot mistake the moon or certain other of the stars in heaven for it.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:41 · narrative
Source
Ὧν δὲ κατὰ τὴν γέννησιν τὴν ὅλην προαίρεσιν λαβὸν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς πρὸς οὐρανοὺς διόλου μετέθηκε καὶ διὰ τῆς κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν ἀληθοῦς ἐπιγνώσεως ταῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς μακαρίαις ἀκτῖσι τὸν νοῦν μετεποίησεν, ὡς ἄλλον εἶναι θεὸν νομισθῆναι, παθόντα κατὰ τὴν ἕξιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος ὅπερ οὐ πάσχων ἀλλ᾽ ὑπάρχων κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἐστὶν ὁ Θεός, τούτων σαφῶς ἀναμάρτητος κατὰ τὴν ἕξιν τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς γνώσεως ἡ προαίρεσις γέγονεν, μὴ δυναμένων ἀρνήσασθαι τὸ διὰ τῆς πείρας αὐτοῖς κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν διεγνωσμένον. Κἂν οὖν ἔχωμεν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς υἱοθεσίας, ὅπέρ ἐστι σπέρμα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σπείραντος εἰδοποιοῦν τοὺς γεννωμένους ὁμοίωσιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ παρέχομεν αὐτῷ τὴν γνώμην τῆς ἐπ᾽ ἄλλο ῥοπῆς τε καὶ διαθέσεως καθαράν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μετὰ τὸ γεννηθῆναι δι᾽ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος θέλοντες ἁμαρτάνομεν. Εἰ δὲ τούτων, ὕδατος λέγω καὶ Πνεύματος, τὴν ἐνέργειαν δέχεσθαι γνωστικῶς τὴν γνώμην παρεσκευάζομεν, ἄρα ἂν διὰ τῆς πρακτικῆς τὸ μυστικὸν ὕδωρ ἐποιεῖτο τὴν τῆς συνειδήσεως κάθαρσιν, καὶ τὸ
English
But those whose whole purpose the Holy Spirit has taken hold of at their birth, and has transferred altogether from earth to heavens, and through the true knowledge that is in actuality has transformed their mind by the blessed rays of God and the Father, so that they are reckoned to be another god, having suffered in their state, through grace, what God is not by suffering but by essence—of these, clearly, the purpose has become sinless in the state of virtue and knowledge, since they are unable to deny what has been known by them in actuality through experience. Even if, then, we have the spirit of adoption, which is a seed that forms those who are born into the likeness of the one who sowed it, yet we do not give it the inclination of our judgment pure from any inclination and disposition toward something else, and for this reason even after being born through water and Spirit we willingly sin. But if we prepared our judgment to receive the activity of these—I mean water and Spirit—in a knowing way, then through the practical life the mystical water would accomplish the purification of conscience, and the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:42 · narrative
Source
ζωοποιὸν Πνεῦμα τὴν ἄτρεπτον ἐν ἡμῖν τοῦ καλοῦ διὰ τῆς ἐν πείρᾳ γνώσεως ἐνήργει τελείωσιν. Λείπει τοιγαροῦν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν τῶν ἁμαρτεῖν ἔτι δυναμένων τὸ καθαρῶς ἑαυτοὺς ὅλους κατὰ τὴν γνώμην ἐμπαρέχειν βουληθῆναι τῷ Πνεύματι. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς τρόπου, φησί, δίδοται δυνάμει μόνον ἡ χάρις τῆς υἱοθεσίας, ἐπεὶ πᾶσι τοῖς βαπτισθεῖσι δίδοται ἡ δυνατότης γενέσθαι υἱοὺς τοῦ Θεοῦ· ἔφη γάρ· «ἐάν μή τις γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος, οὐ δύναται εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν». Καὶ πάλιν· «ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι». Διὰ δὲ τοῦ ἑτέρου τρόπου, διὰ τῆς ἐκτελέσως τῶν ἐντολῶν καὶ τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἀληθείας, δίδοται ἡ τελειότης τῆς αὐτῆς υἱοθεσίας, τουτέστιν ἡ ἀδυναμία πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν, διὰ τῆς θεώσεως τῆς οὐκ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τρόπῳ ὑπαρχούσης. Διὰ γὰρ τὴν ἐλευθέραν βούλησιν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀφαιρεῖται ἐν αὐτῷ ἡ δυνατότης πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν, ὡς μὴ στρεφομένου ἔτι κατὰ χάριν ὅλου τοῦ πόθου πρὸς Θεόν.
English
the life-giving Spirit was effecting in us the immutable perfection of the good through experiential knowledge. Therefore, each of us who are still able to sin lacks the willing desire to offer ourselves wholly and purely in our disposition to the Spirit. SCHOLIA 1. Through the one mode, he says, the grace of adoption is given only in potential, since to all who have been baptized the possibility of becoming sons of God is given; for he said, "Unless one is born of water and the Spirit, he cannot enter the kingdom of heaven." And again: "But to all who received him, he gave the authority to become children of God." But through the other mode, through the fulfillment of the commandments and the knowledge of the truth, the perfection of the same adoption is given, that is, the inability to sin, through deification, which is not present in the first mode. For because of man's free will, the possibility of sinning is not removed in him, since his whole desire is not yet turned wholly toward God according to grace.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:43 · narrative
Source
2. Ἡ ἀργή πίστις, φησίν, δυνάμει τήν χάριν ἔχει τῆς υἱοθεσίας, ὡς διά τῶν ἐντολῶν μή κινουμένων τῶν ἐχόντων αὐτήν. Ζ (7). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΕΙΣ ΤΟΥΤΟ ΓΑΡ ΚΑΙ ΝΕΚΡΟΙΣ ΕΥΗΓΓΕΛΙΣΘΗ". 7. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Ζ' Τί ἐστιν εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη, ἵνα κριθῶσι μὲν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον σαρκί, ζῶσι δὲ κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι; Πῶς οἱ νεκροὶ σαρκὶ κρίνονται; Ἀπόκρισις. Ἔθος ἐστὶ τῇ Γραφῇ τοὺς χρόνους μεταλλάσσειν καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους μετεκλαμβάνειν, καὶ τὸν μέλλοντα ὡς παρῳχηκότα καὶ τὸν παρῳχηκότα ὡς μέλλοντα, καὶ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα εἰς τὸν πρὸ αὐτοῦ καὶ μετ᾽ αὐτὸν χρόνον ἐκφωνεῖν, ὡς ἔστι δῆλον τοῖς αὐτῆς πεπειραμένοις. Φασὶν οὖν τινες νεκροὺς λέγειν ἐνταῦθα τὴν Γραφὴν τοὺς πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ Χριστοῦ τελειωθέντας ἀνθρώπους, οἷον τοὺς ἐν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ, τοὺς ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τῆς πυργοποιΐας, τοὺς ἐν Σοδόμοις, τοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς κατὰ διαφόρους καιρούς τε καὶ τρόπους τὴν πολύτροπον δίκην καὶ τὰς ἐξαισίους ἐπαγωγὰς τῶν θείων κριμάτων δεξαμένους· οἵτινες οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἀγνοίας Θεοῦ τοσοῦτον ὅσον τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους παροινίας τὴν δίκην ἔτισαν· οἷς εὐηγγελίσθαι λέγει τὸ μέγα τῆς σωτηρίας κήρυγμα, κριθεῖσιν ἤδη σαρκὶ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον, τουτέστιν ἀπολαβοῦσι τῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους ἐγκλημάτων τὴν δίκην διὰ τῆς ἐν σαρκὶ ζωῆς, ἵνα ζήσωσι κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι, τουτέστι ψυχῇ δεχόμενοι, κατὰ τὸν ᾅδην ὄντες, τῆς θεογνωσίας τὸ κήρυγμα, διὰ τοῦ καὶ νεκροὺς σῶσαι κατελθόντος εἰς ᾅδην Σωτῆρος πιστεύσαντες. Ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ νοηθῆναι τὸν τόπον οὕτως ἐκλάβωμεν·
English
2. "Dead faith," he says, "possesses in potential the grace of adoption, since those who have it are not moved through the commandments." Z (7). CONCERNING "FOR THIS CAUSE THE GOSPEL WAS PREACHED ALSO TO THE DEAD." 7. QUESTION 7: What is the meaning of "For this cause the gospel was preached also to the dead, that they might be judged indeed according to men in the flesh, but live according to God in the spirit"? How are the dead judged in the flesh? Answer. It is a custom of Scripture to change the tenses and to transfer them into one another, and to speak of the future as past and the past as future, and to utter the present as the time before it and after it, as is clear to those who have experience of it. Some, then, say that Scripture here calls "dead" those men who reached their end before the coming of Christ—for example, those in the flood, those in the time of the building of the tower, those in Sodom, those in Egypt, and the others who at various times and in various ways received the manifold penalty and the extraordinary visitations of the divine judgments; who paid the penalty not so much for ignorance of God as for their drunken violence against one another. To these, it says, the great proclamation of salvation was preached, since they had already been judged in the flesh according to men—that is, having received in the life in the flesh the penalty for their offenses against one another—in order that they might live according to God in the spirit, that is, receiving in their soul, while they were in Hades, the proclamation of the knowledge of God, having believed because the Savior descended into Hades and saved even the dead. And in order that this passage may be understood, let us take it thus:
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:44 · narrative
Source
εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη, κριθεῖσι κατὰ ἄνθρωπον σαρκί, ἵνα ζήσωσι κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι. Ἢ πάλιν νεκροὺς λέγει τυχὸν ἐπικεκρυμμένως τοὺς τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντας, οἷς εἰκότως κατ᾽ ἀλήθειαν δι᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων δέδοται τὸ θεῖον Εὐαγγέλιον, εἴπερ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον σαρκικῆς μὲν εἰσηγεῖται ζωῆς ἄρνησιν, πνευματικῆς δὲ ὁμολογίαν, τοὺς ἀεὶ μὲν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον, λέγω δὲ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἐν σαρκὶ κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτον ζωήν, ἀποθνῄσκοντας, ζῶντας δὲ κατὰ Θεὸν μόνῳ τῷ πνεύματι, κατὰ τὸν θεῖον ἀπόστολον καὶ τοὺς ἀμφ᾽ αὐτόν, τοὺς ζῶντας μὲν οὐδαμῶς ἰδίαν ζωήν, ζῶντα δὲ τὸν Χριστὸν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κατὰ μόνην ἔχοντας τὴν ψυχήν. Οὕτως οἱ διὰ τὸν Θεὸν ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ νεκροὶ σαρκὶ κρίνονται, θλίψεις καὶ βασάνους πολλὰς καὶ στενοχωρίας ἔχοντες, καὶ διωγμοὺς καὶ μυρία πειρασμῶν εἴδη μετὰ χαρᾶς ὑπομένοντες. Η (8). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "Ο ΘΕΟΣ ΦΩΣ ΕΣΤΙΝ". 8. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Η' Ἐπειδὴ πάλιν λέγει ὁ ἅγιος Ἰωάννης ὁ Θεὸς φῶς ἐστι, καὶ πάλιν μετ᾽ ὀλίγα ἐὰν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν, ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί, πῶς καὶ φῶς ὁ αὐτὸς λέγεται, καὶ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ εἶναι, ὡς ἄλλος ἐν ἄλλῳ; Ἀπόκρισις.
English
For to this end the gospel was preached also to the dead, who are judged according to men in the flesh, so that they might live according to God in the spirit. Or again, he calls "dead," perhaps covertly, those who carry about in their body the mortification of Jesus, to whom in truth, by reason of their very works, the divine Gospel has fittingly been given, since the Gospel introduces the denial of the life of the flesh and the confession of the spiritual life—those who are always dying according to man, I mean the human life in the flesh during this present age, but living according to God by the spirit alone, according to the divine Apostle and those with him, who live not at all their own life but have Christ living in themselves, according to the soul alone. Thus those who for God's sake in this age are dead in the flesh are judged, having tribulations and many torments and distresses, and enduring persecutions and countless kinds of temptations with joy. H (8). CONCERNING "GOD IS LIGHT." 8. QUESTION 8: Since again the holy John says that God is light, and again a little later, "if we walk in the light, as he is in the light," how is the same one said to be both light and to be in the light, as one thing in another? Answer.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:45 · narrative
Source
Ὁ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἀληθῶς φῶς ὑπάρχων Θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ἐν αὐτῷ διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν περιπατοῦσίν ἐστιν, ἀληθῶς φῶς γενομένοις. Ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ κατὰ μέθεξιν φῶς, ὡς οἱ ἅγιοι πάντες διὰ φιλοθεΐαν ἐν τῷ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν γίνονται φωτί, οὕτω τὸ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἐν τῷ κατὰ μέθεξιν φωτὶ διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν γίνεται φῶς. Ἐὰν οὖν ἐσμεν κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν γνῶσιν ὡς ἐν φωτὶ τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Θεός, ὡς φῶς, ἐν φωτί ἐστιν ἐν ἡμῖν. Ὁ γὰρ φύσει φῶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῷ μιμήσει γίνεται φωτί, ὡς ἐν εἰκόνι ἀρχέτυπον. Ἢ μᾶλλον, φῶς ἐστιν ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἐν φωτί, δηλαδὴ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι, οὐκ ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο φῶς ὑπάρχων, ἀλλὰ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτό, κατὰ τὸν τῆς ὑπάρξεως τρόπον τρισσοφαές. Θ (9). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΑΔΕΛΦΟΙ, ΝΥΝ ΤΕΚΝΑ ΘΕΟΥ ΕΣΜΕΝ ΚΑΙ ΟΥΠΩ ΕΦΑΝΕΡΩΘΗ ΤΙ ΕΣΟΜΕΘΑ". 9. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Θ' Τί λέγει πάλιν ὁ ἅγιος Ἰωάννης ἀδελφοί, νῦν τέκνα Θεοῦ ἐσμεν, καὶ οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα; Εἰ οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα, πῶς ὁ ἅγιος Παῦλος λέγει ἡμῖν δὲ ἀπεκάλυψεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος· τὸ γὰρ Πνεῦμα πάντα ἐρευνᾷ, καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ Θεοῦ; Πῶς δὲ καὶ τοιαῦτα φιλοσοφεῖ περὶ τοῦ τί ἐσόμεθα; Ἀπόκρισις.
English
God, who truly is light in essence, is in those who walk in him through the virtues, having become truly light. Just as, then, the light by participation—as all the saints through love of God become in the light that is by essence—so the light that is by essence becomes, through love for humanity, in the light that is by participation. If, then, we are according to virtue and knowledge as in God who is light, then he himself, God, as light, is in light in us. For God, who is light by nature, becomes in the light that is by imitation, as the archetype in the image. Or rather, God the Father is light in light—that is, in the Son and the Holy Spirit—not being one light and another and another, but one and the same in essence, threefold in radiance according to the mode of his existence. 9. Concerning "Beloved, now we are children of God, and it has not yet been revealed what we shall be." 9. Question 9: Why does the holy John say again, "Brethren, now we are children of God, and it has not yet been revealed what we shall be"? If it has not yet been revealed what we shall be, how does the holy Paul say to us, "God has revealed it to us through the Spirit; for the Spirit searches all things, even the deep things of God"? And how does he also philosophize about such things concerning what we shall be? Answer.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:46 · narrative
Source
Ὁ μὲν ἅγιος εὐαγγελιστὴς Ἰωάννης τὸν τρόπον τῆς μελλούσης τῶν γενομένων ἐνταῦθα τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τῶν κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ἀρετῶν θεώσεως ἠγνοηκέναι λέγει, μήπω φανερωθείσης τῆς αὐθυπάρκτου κατὰ τὸ εἶδος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν ὑποστάσεως. Διὰ πίστεως γὰρ ἐνταῦθα περιπατοῦμεν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ διὰ εἴδους. Ὁ δὲ ἅγιος Παῦλος τὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς μέλλουσιν ἀγαθοῖς θεῖον σκοπὸν λέγει δι᾽ ἀποκαλύψεως εἰληφέναι, οὐ μὴν αὐτὸν ἐγνωκέναι τὸν κατὰ τὸν θεῖον σκοπὸν τῆς ἐκθεώσεως τρόπον. Διὸ λέγει σαφῶς ἑαυτὸν ἑρμηνεύων κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω πρὸς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως, γνῶναι δηλονότι θέλων ἐκ τοῦ παθεῖν τὸν τρόπον τῆς κατ᾽ ἐνέργειαν ἐκπληρώσεως τοῦ θείου καὶ αὐτῷ δι᾽ ἀποκαλύψεως ἐνταῦθα γνωσθέντος σκοποῦ τῆς ἐκθεωτικῆς τῶν ἀξιουμένων δυνάμεως. Συνᾴδουσιν οὖν οἱ ἀπόστολοι, διὰ τῆς δοκούσης ἐναντιοφανοῦς διδασκαλίας ἀλλήλοις συμπνέοντες, ὡς ὑφ᾽ ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κινούμενοι Πνεύματος. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ τρόπου τῆς μελλούσης κατὰ τὴν χάριν θεώσεως ὁμολογεῖ τὴν ἄγνοιαν, ὁ δὲ τοῦ σκοποῦ μεγαλοφυῶς εἰσηγεῖται τὴν εἴδησιν.
English
The holy evangelist John says that he did not know the manner of the future deification of the children of God who are born here through the virtues that accord with faith, since the self-subsistent substance, in respect of form, of the good things to come had not yet been made manifest. For here we walk by faith, but not by form. And the holy Paul says that he received the divine goal concerning the good things to come through revelation, but that he did not know the manner of deification that accords with the divine goal. Therefore he says, clearly interpreting himself: I press on toward the goal for the prize of the upward calling—wishing, evidently, to know from experience the manner of the actual fulfillment of the divine goal, which had been made known to him here through revelation, of the deifying power for those deemed worthy. The apostles, then, are in harmony, breathing together through teaching that appears contradictory, as being moved by one and the same Spirit. For the one confesses ignorance of the manner of the future deification according to grace, while the other nobly introduces knowledge of the goal.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:47 · narrative
Source
Ὅτι δὲ ταύτης ἔχεται τῆς γνώμης ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολος, αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ διὰ πάντων τῶν θείων αὐτοῦ λόγων μάρτυς καθέστηκεν, ποτὲ μὲν πᾶσαν καταργηθήσεσθαι φάσκων γνῶσιν καὶ προφητείαν, ποτὲ δὲ οὔπω λογιζόμενος ἑαυτὸν κατειληφέναι, ποτὲ δὲ δι᾽ ἐσόπτρου καὶ αἰνιγμάτων βλέπειν λέγων τὰ μέλλοντα καὶ εἶναι καιρὸν ὅτε τῆς πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον τῶν ἐλπιζομένων μεγάλης καὶ ὑπὲρ νόησιν ἀπολαύειν χάριτος, ποτὲ δὲ ἐκ μέρους γινώσκειν ὁμολογῶν καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύειν, ποτὲ δὲ χρῆν αὐτὸν γνώσεσθαι καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθη διαρρήδην βοῶν, ὡς οὔπω δηλονότι γνοὺς τὸ γνωσθησόμενον. Καὶ συντόμως εἰπεῖν, τὸ ὅταν ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον, τὸ ἐκ μέρους καταργηθήσεται τῷ ἀποστόλῳ εἰρημένον ταὐτὸν εἶναί μοι φαίνεται τῷ οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα λεχθέντι τῷ θεολόγῳ. Ι (10). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "Ο ΦΟΒΟΥΜΕΝΟΣ ΟΥ ΤΕΤΕΛΕΙΩΤΑΙ ΕΝ ΤΗ ΑΓΑΠΗ". 10. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Ι' Εἰ ὁ φοβούμενος οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, πῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν; Ἐὰν οὐκ ἔστιν ὑστέρημα, δῆλον ὅτι τετελείωται. Πῶς οὖν ὁ φοβούμενος οὐ τετελείωται;
English
That the great apostle holds this opinion, he himself has become a witness to himself through all his divine words, sometimes declaring that all knowledge and prophecy will be abolished, sometimes not reckoning that he has yet attained, sometimes saying that he sees future things through a mirror and in riddles and that there is a time to enjoy the great and beyond-understanding grace of face to face with the things hoped for, sometimes confessing that he knows in part and prophesies in part, sometimes crying out plainly that he must know just as he was also known, as one who clearly has not yet known what will be known. And to speak briefly, the statement spoken by the apostle, "when the perfect comes, what is in part will be abolished," seems to me to be the same as what was said by the theologian, "it has not yet been revealed what we shall be." 10. Concerning "The one who fears has not been perfected in love." Question 10: If the one who fears has not been perfected in love, how is there no deficiency for those who fear him? If there is no deficiency, it is clear that he has been perfected. How then has the one who fears not been perfected?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:48 · narrative
Source
Ἀπόκρισις. Ἡ καλὴ τῶν θείων Γραφῶν εὐταξία, κατὰ τὸν σωστικὸν τοῦ Πνεύματος θεσμὸν τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκτὸς κατὰ τὰ πάθη πληθύος ἐπὶ τὴν θείαν ἑνότητα κινουμένων τοὺς βαθμοὺς διορίζουσα, τοὺς μὲν εἰσαγομένους καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ πρόπυλά που τυγχάνοντας τῆς θείας αὐλῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν φοβουμένους ἐκάλεσεν, τοὺς δὲ κτησαμένους σύμμετρον ἕξιν τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν λόγων τε καὶ τρόπων οἶδεν ὀνομάζειν προκόπτοντας, τοὺς δὲ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν γνωστικῶς ἤδη γεγενημένους τῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐκφαντικῆς ἀληθείας κορυφὴν προσαγορεύει τελείους. Οὔτε οὖν ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν Κύριον, ἀπεστρεμμένος διόλου τὴν κατὰ τὴν φθορὰν τῶν παθῶν ἀρχαίαν ἀναστροφὴν καὶ πᾶσαν ἑαυτοῦ τὴν διάθεσιν διὰ τὸν φόβον ἐκδεδωκὼς τοῖς θείοις προστάγμασι, ὑστερεῖ τινος καλοῦ τῶν εἰσαγομένοις πρεπόντων, κἂν οὔπω τὴν ἐν ἀρεταῖς ἕξιν ἐκτήσατο, καὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς τελείοις λαλουμένης σοφίας γέγονε μέτοχος· οὔτε μὴν ὁ προκόπτων τῶν ἐπιβεβλημένων αὐτοῦ τῷ βαθμῷ καλῶν τινος ὑστερεῖ, κἂν τὴν αὐτὴν οὔπω τοῖς τελείοις ὑπερέχουσαν τῶν θείων ἐκτήσατο γνῶσιν.
English
Answer. The good order of the divine Scriptures, according to the saving ordinance of the Spirit, defines the degrees of those who are moved from the outward multitude that is according to the passions to the divine unity: it calls those who are being introduced and are somewhere at the forecourts of the divine court of the virtues, while still fearing, and it knows how to name as those making progress those who have acquired a proportionate state of the words and manners that are according to virtue, and it addresses as perfect those who have already become, in a gnostic manner, at the very summit of the truth that reveals the virtues. Therefore neither does the one who fears the Lord—having wholly turned away from the old way of life that is according to the corruption of the passions and having given over his entire disposition to the divine commandments because of fear—fall short of any good thing that is fitting for those being introduced, even if he has not yet acquired the state that is in the virtues, and has not become a partaker of the wisdom that is spoken among the perfect; nor indeed does the one making progress fall short of any of the good things that belong to his degree, even if he has not yet acquired the same knowledge of divine things that is superior among the perfect.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:49 · narrative
Source
Καὶ πάλιν οἱ μὲν τὴν πρακτικὴν ἀνδρικῶς μετιόντες φιλοσοφίαν, φόβου καὶ μνήμης τῶν μελλόντων θείων δικαιωτηρίων οὔπω τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπολύσαντες, νοείσθωσαν ἡμῖν οἱ φοβούμενοι, μηδενὸς μὲν κατὰ τὸν μακάριον Δαβὶδ ὑστεροῦντες καθάπαξ τῶν ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας ἀγωνιζομένων κατὰ τῆς ἀντικειμένης δυνάμεως, ὅμως δ᾽ οὖν ἔτι λειπόμενοι τῆς κατὰ νοῦν τῶν τελείων ἀκραιφνοῦς τῶν μυστικῶν θεαμάτων διαδόσεως. Οἱ δὲ τῆς θεωρητικῆς ἤδη μυστικῶς ἀξιωθέντες θεολογίας καὶ πάσης φαντασίας ὑλικῆς τὸν νοῦν καθαρὸν καταστήσαντες καὶ εἰκόνα τῆς θείας ὡραιότητος ὅλην ἀνελλιπῶς φέρουσαν τὴν ἐκμίμησιν, ἔστωσαν ἡμῖν οἱ ἀγαπῶντες. Οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις κατὰ τὸν μακάριον Δαβίδ, ὡς φοβουμένοις, κἂν οὐκ ἔχῃ τὸ πλῆρες καὶ τέλειον τῆς ἀμέσου πρὸς τὸν λόγον ἑνώσεως κατὰ τὸ ἴσον τοῖς ἀγαπῶσι τὸν Κύριον ὁ φοβούμενος. Ἕκαστος γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ τάγματι καὶ τὴν ἠφορισμένην αὐτῷ μονὴν ἔχει τὸ τέλειον, κἂν ἄλλος ἄλλου κατὰ τὸ ποιὸν ἢ ποσὸν τῆς πνευματικῆς ἡλικίας ἐστὶν ὑψηλότερος. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ διττός ἐστιν ὁ φόβος κατὰ τὸ φοβήθητε δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν δυνάμενον καὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ, καὶ κατὰ τὸ ὁ φόβος Κυρίου ἁγνός, διαμένων εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος, καὶ μέγας καὶ φοβερός ἐστιν ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς περικύκλῳ αὐτοῦ, ζητητέον πῶς ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον ἡ ἀγάπη, εἴπερ εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος διαμένει, πῶς δὲ φοβερὸς ἔσται διαμένων ὁ Θεὸς εἰς τοὺς ἀπείρους αἰῶνας ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς περικύκλῳ αὐτοῦ.
English
And again, let those who manfully pursue the practical philosophy, not yet having released the soul from fear and the remembrance of the coming divine judgments, be understood by us as those who fear, lacking nothing at all, according to the blessed David, of those who contend for the truth against the opposing power, yet still falling short of the pure transmission of the mystical visions according to the mind of the perfect. But let those who have already been mystically deemed worthy of the contemplative theology, and who have established the mind pure from all material imagination and bearing the image of the divine beauty as a wholly and unfailingly complete imitation, be for us those who love. There is, then, no deficiency for those who fear, according to the blessed David, insofar as they fear, even if the one who fears does not have the fullness and perfection of immediate union with the Word equally with those who love the Lord. For each, in his own rank, has the perfection of the abode appointed to him, even if one is higher than another in quality or quantity of spiritual stature. But since fear is twofold—according to "but rather fear him who is able to destroy both body and soul in Gehenna," and according to "the fear of the Lord is pure, enduring forever and ever, and it is great and fearful over all those around him"—it must be asked how love casts out fear, if indeed it endures forever and ever, and how God, enduring through the boundless ages, will be fearful over all those around him.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:50 · narrative
Source
Ἢ μᾶλλον, ἐπειδή, καθὼς ἔφην, διττός ἐστιν ὁ φόβος, ὁ μὲν ἁγνὸς ὁ δὲ οὐχ ἁγνόςοἷον, ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ πλημμελήμασι κατ᾽ ἐκδοχὴν κολάσεως συνιστάμενος φόβος, αἰτίαν ἔχων τῆς οἰκείας γενέσεως τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ὡς οὐχ ἁγνός, οὐκ ἔσται διαπαντός, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ διὰ τῆς μετανοίας συναφανιζόμενος, ὁ δὲ ἁγνὸς φόβος, ὁ δίχα τῆς ἐπὶ πλημμελήμασι μνήμης ἀεὶ συνεστώς, οὐκ ἀπογενήσεταί ποτε, διότιπερ οὐσιωδῶς ἐμπέφυκέ πως τῷ Θεῷ πρὸς τὴν κτίσιν, ποιούμενος ἔκδηλον αὐτοῦ πᾶσι τὴν φυσικὴν αἰδεσιμότητα τῆς ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν βασιλείαν τε καὶ δύναμιν ὑπεροχῆς, ὁ τοίνυν μὴ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν ὡς κριτήν, ἀλλ᾽ αἰδούμενος αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν τῆς ἀπείρου δυνάμεως ὑπεροχήν, οὐκ ἔχει δικαίως ὑστέρημα, τέλειος ὑπάρχων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, μετ᾽ αἰδοῦς καὶ τῆς πρεπούσης σεβασμιότητος ἀγαπῶν τὸν Θεόν, καὶ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κτησάμενος τὸν διαμένοντα φόβον εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ ὑστέρημα τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν. Συνᾴδουσιν οὖν ἀλλήλοις ὅ τε προφήτης καὶ ὁ εὐαγγελιστής, ὁ μὲν λέγων μὴ εἶναι τοῖς κατὰ τὸν ἁγνὸν φόβον τὸν Κύριον φοβουμένοις ὑστέρημα, ὁ δὲ τὸν φοβούμενον ὡς κριτὴν διὰ τὴν ἐρρυπωμένην συνείδησιν μὴ εἶναι τέλειον ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ. Κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ἐκδοχὴν τυχὸν καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς περικύκλῳ αὐτοῦ φοβερός ἐστιν ὁ Θεός, ὡς ἐγκεκραμένην φόβῳ ποιῶν τὴν τῶν ἀγαπώντων αὐτὸν καὶ περὶ αὐτὸν γενησομένων ἀγάπην. Φόβου γὰρ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν κεχωρισμένη ἡ ἀγάπη εἰς καταφρόνησιν πέφυκεν ὡς τὰ πολλὰ μεταπίπτειν, μὴ οἷον στομουμένης φόβῳ τῆς ἐξ αὐτῆς τικτομένης φυσικῶς παρρησίας.
English
Or rather, since, as I said, fear is twofold, the one pure and the other not pure—for instance, the fear that arises from offenses in expectation of punishment, having sin as the cause of its own origin, being not pure, will not endure forever, being made to vanish together with sin through repentance; but the pure fear, which exists forever without the remembrance of offenses, will never pass away, because it has somehow been implanted essentially in God in relation to creation, making manifest to all his natural reverence for the preeminence that is above every kingdom and power. Therefore, the one who does not fear God as a judge, but reveres him because of the surpassing excellence of his infinite power, has no deficiency, being perfect in love, loving God with reverence and the fitting awe; and this is the one who has acquired the fear that endures forever and ever, and he has no deficiency at all. The prophet and the evangelist therefore agree with each other: the one says that those who fear the Lord with pure fear have no deficiency, while the other says that the one who fears him as a judge because of a defiled conscience is not perfect in love. In this sense, perhaps, God is also fearful to all those around him, since he makes the love of those who love him and will be around him mixed with fear. For love, when separated from fear by itself, is naturally prone for the most part to fall into contempt, unless, as it were, the boldness naturally born from it is tempered by fear.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:51 · narrative
Source
Τί δὲ βούλεται τὸ περικύκλῳ αὐτοῦ λεγόμενον, εἰ δοκεῖ, κατανοήσωμεν. Ὁ γὰρ κυκλούμενος καὶ ἐμπρὸς καὶ ὀπίσω καὶ ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν ἔχει τοὺς περικυκλοῦντας αὐτόν. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἔχει τοὺς περικυκλοῦντας, νοήσωμεν τοὺς μὲν ὀπίσω τοὺς διὰ τῶν ἐντολῶν κατὰ τὴν πρακτικὴν ἀρετὴν ἀμέμπτως ὀπίσω Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ πορευθέντας, τοὺς ἐξ ἀριστερῶν δὲ τοὺς τὴν φυσικὴν ἐν πνεύματι θεωρίαν μετὰ τῆς τῶν κριμάτων εὐσεβοῦς ἀναλήψεως κατορθώσανταςφησὶ γὰρ περὶ τῆς σοφίας ἡ τῶν Παροιμιῶν βίβλος ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀριστερᾷ αὐτῆς πλοῦτος καὶ δόξα, τοὺς ἐκ δεξιῶν δὲ τοὺς καθαρὰν αἰσθητῆς φαντασίας δεξαμένους τὴν ἄϋλον γνῶσιν τῶν νοητῶνἐν γὰρ τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτῆς, φησί, ἔτη ζωῆς, τοὺς δὲ ἐμπρὸς τοὺς δι᾽ ὑπερβάλλουσαν περὶ τὸ θεῖον κάλλος ἐρωτικὴν τῆς κατὰ νοῦν ἐφέσεως ζέσιν ἀξιωθέντας τῆς πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον ἀπολαύσεως. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλος ἐστὶ περὶ τούτου μείζων λόγος καὶ ὑψηλότερος, ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς θείοις ἀνδράσιν ἐστὶ ληπτός. ΙΑ (11). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΤΙΣ Η ΑΡΧΗ ΤΩΝ ΜΗ ΤΗΡΑΣΑΝΤΩΝ ΑΥΤΗΝ ΑΓΓΕΛΩΝ. 11. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΙΑ' Τίς ἡ ἀρχὴ τῶν μὴ τηρησάντων αὐτὴν ἀγγέλων, καὶ τί τὸ οἰκητήριον ὃ ἀπέλιπον, καὶ τίνες οἱ ἀΐδιοι δεσμοί, καὶ τί ὁ ζόφος ὑφ᾽ ὃν τετήρηνται, καὶ τί ἐν τῇ κρίσει τῆς μεγάλης ἡμέρας πείσονται;
English
Let us consider, if it seems good, what is meant by the phrase "round about him." For he who is encircled has those encircling him both in front and behind and on the right and on the left. Since, then, the Lord also has those who encircle him, let us understand those behind as those who have walked blamelessly behind the Lord God through the commandments according to the practical virtue; those on the left as those who have accomplished the natural contemplation in the Spirit together with the pious reception of the judgments—for the book of Proverbs says concerning Wisdom, "and in her left hand are riches and glory"; those on the right as those who have received the immaterial knowledge of intelligible things, pure from sensible imagination—for "in her right hand," it says, "are years of life"; and those in front as those who, through an erotic fervor of the mind's aspiration surpassing the divine beauty, have been deemed worthy of enjoyment face to face. But if there is also another account concerning this, greater and more lofty, it is for you and the divine men among you to receive. 11. QUESTION 11: What is the beginning of the angels who did not keep it, and what is the dwelling place they abandoned, and what are the eternal bonds, and what is the darkness under which they are kept, and what will they suffer in the judgment of the great day?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:52 · narrative
Source
Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ μὲν ἀκριβὴς περὶ τούτων λόγος τοῖς ἀποστολικοῖς τὴν διάνοιαν μόνοις ἔστω τετηρημένος, τοῖς ἀμέσως παρὰ τοῦ Λόγου διδαχθεῖσι τήν τε τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν ἀψευδῆ καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς οὖσι σοφῆς προνοίας τὴν ἀγαθὴν καὶ δικαίαν διεξαγωγήν, οἷα μηδὲν ἑαυτῶν καὶ τοῦ Λόγου κατὰ νοῦν ἀφεῖσι κωλυτικὸν διατείχισμα. Ὅσον δ᾽ οὖν εἰς ἐμὲ φθάνει τὸν κάτω καὶ πολλὰ ἔχοντα τῆς τοῦ Λόγου πρὸς ἐμὲ κωλύματα διαβάσεως, ἀρχὴ τῶν μὴ τηρησάντων αὐτὴν ἀγγέλων ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τυχόν, καθ᾽ ὃν ἐκτίσθησαν, ἢ ἡ δοθεῖσα πρὸς ἐκθέωσιν αὐτοῖς κατὰ χάριν φυσικὴ δυναστεία, ἢ πάλιν ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τῆς χάριτος τάξις τῆς στάσεως. Τὸ δὲ οἰκητήριόν ἐστιν ἢ ὁ οὐρανὸς ἢ ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἕξιν τῶν ὑπὲρ ἔννοιαν ἀγαθῶν σοφία, ἣν οἰκεῖν ἐδημιουργήθησανοἶδε γὰρ καὶ σοφίας οἶκον ὀνομάζειν ὁ λόγος, ἢ ἡ φρουρητικὴ τῶν δοθέντων αὐτοῖς φυσικῶν τε καὶ ἐπικτήτων ἀγαθῶν ἐπισκοπὴ τῆς ἀχράντου θεότητος, ἣν ἀπέλιπον τυραννήσαντες. Ἀΐδιοι δὲ δεσμοί εἰσιν ἡ κατὰ γνώμην αὐτῶν παντελής τε καὶ διηνεκὴς περὶ τὸ καλὸν ἀκινησία, καθ᾽ ἣν οὐδαμῶς οὐδέποτε θείας ἀνέσεως ἀπολαύουσιν, ἢ πάλιν ἡ διὰ τὴν ἡμῶν σωτηρίαν τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμῶν μανίας αὐτοὺς ἐπέχουσα κατὰ πρόνοιαν τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμις, μὴ συγχωροῦσα προβῆναι τῆς αὐτῶν πονηρίας τὰ καθ᾽ ἡμῶν μηχανήματα. Ζόφος δέ ἐστιν ἡ παντελὴς καὶ ὁλόκληρος τῆς θείας ἄγνοια χάριτος· καθ᾽ ἣν διόλου γνωμικῶς ποιωθέντες, τῆς μακαρίας καὶ παμφαοῦς τοῦ ἀκηράτου φωτὸς ἐστέρηνται διαδόσεως, περὶ τὸ μὴ ὂν πᾶσαν τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῖς κατὰ φύσιν νοερὰν δύναμιν ἀναλώσαντες.
English
Answer. The precise account of these matters must be kept for those whose understanding is apostolic alone—those taught directly by the Word both the unerring knowledge of things that exist and the good and just ordering of the wise providence over things that exist, since they have left no obstructive wall in their minds, neither of themselves nor of the Word. But as far as it reaches me—one who is below and has many hindrances to the Word's passage toward me—the beginning of the angels who did not keep it is perhaps the word according to which they were created, or the natural dominion given to them by grace for deification, or again the order of their station according to the worthiness of grace. And their dwelling is either heaven or the wisdom according to the state of goods beyond understanding, which these were made to dwell in—for the word is accustomed also to call wisdom a house—or the guardian oversight of the immaculate divinity over the natural and acquired goods given to them, which they abandoned when they tyrannized. And eternal bonds are their complete and perpetual immobility according to their own will toward the good, by which they never at any time enjoy divine remission, or again the power that, by God's providence, restrains their madness against us for the sake of our salvation, not permitting the devices of their wickedness against us to proceed. And darkness is the complete and entire ignorance of divine grace, by which, having been wholly disposed according to their own will, they are deprived of the blessed and all-radiant transmission of the undefiled light, having consumed all the noetic power given to them by nature upon what is not.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:53 · narrative
Source
Τί δὲ πείσονται κατὰ τὴν φοβερὰν ἡμέραν τῆς κρίσεως μόνος οἶδεν ὁ δίκαιος κριτής, ὁ κατ᾽ ἀξίαν ἑκάστῳ δικαίαν ἀφορίζων τὴν ἀμοιβὴν καὶ τῷ μέτρῳ τῆς κακίας ἴσον πρεπόντως τὸ εἶδος διανέμων τῆς κρίσεως καὶ πρόσφορον τὴν ἐπ᾽ αἰῶσιν ἀτελευτήτοις ψῆφον συνεκφέρων μετὰ δικαιοσύνης τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς αὐτοῦ δόγμασιν. ΙΒ (12). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΤΙΣ Ο ΑΠΟ ΤΗΣ ΣΑΡΚΟΣ ΕΣΠΙΛΩΜΕΝΟΣ ΧΙΤΩΝ. 12. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΙΒ' Τίς ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένος χιτών; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ πολλοῖς πλημμελήμασι τῶν ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς παθημάτων κεκηλιδωμένος βίος χιτών ἐστιν ἐσπιλωμένος. Ὡς ἔκ τινος γὰρ ἐνδύματος τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον ἀναστροφῆς ἕκαστος τῶν ἀνθρώπων διαφαίνεσθαι πέφυκεν, εἴτε δίκαιος εἴτε ἄδικος, ὁ μὲν χιτῶνα καθαρὸν ἔχων τὸν ἐνάρετον βίον, ὁ δὲ πονηροῖς ἐσπιλωμένην ἔργοις τὴν ζωὴν κεκτημένος. Ἢ μᾶλλον, ἐσπιλωμένος ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκός ἐστι χιτὼν ἡ κατὰ συνείδησιν μορφοῦσα διὰ τῆς μνήμης τῶν ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς πονηρῶν κινημάτων τε καὶ ἐνεργημάτων τὴν ψυχὴν ἕξις τε καὶ διάθεσις· ἣν ὁρῶσα διαπαντὸς καθάπερ χιτῶνά τινα περὶ ἑαυτήν, δυσωδίας πληροῦται παθῶν. Ὡς γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀλλήλαις κατὰ λόγον συνυφαινομένων ἀφθαρσίας γίνεται τῇ ψυχῇ χιτών, ὃν ἐνδυσαμένη γίνεται καλὴ καὶ ἐπίδοξος, οὕτως καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκός, τῶν παθῶν ἀλλήλοις κατὰ τὴν ἀλογίαν συνυφαινομένων, γίνεταί τις χιτὼν ἀκάθαρτος καὶ ἐσπιλωμένος, ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ δεικνὺς γνώριμον τὴν ψυχήν, μορφὴν ἄλλην αὐτῇ καὶ εἰκόνα παρὰ τὴν θείαν ἐνθέμενος. ΙΓ (13). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΤΑ ΓΑΡ ΑΟΡΑΤΑ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΑΠΟ ΚΤΙΣΕΩΣ ΚΟΣΜΟΥ ΤΟΙΣ ΠΟΙΗΜΑΣΙ ΝΟΟΥΜΕΝΑ ΚΑΘΟΡΑΤΑΙ".
English
What they will suffer on the fearful day of judgment, the righteous Judge alone knows—he who assigns to each a just recompense according to worth, and distributes the form of judgment equally and fittingly to the measure of wickedness, and brings forth with justice a verdict suited to endless ages, in accordance with his good decrees. 12. QUESTION 12: What is the garment defiled by the flesh? Answer. The life stained by many transgressions of the passions that come from the flesh is a defiled garment. For each person is naturally made manifest, as it were, by some garment—the conduct of his life—whether righteous or unrighteous: the one having a clean garment, the virtuous life; the other possessing a life defiled by evil deeds. Or rather, the garment defiled by the flesh is the habitual state and disposition that, through the memory of the evil motions and activities that come from the flesh, forms the soul according to conscience; seeing this always wrapped around itself like a garment, the soul is filled with the foul odor of the passions. For just as from the Spirit, through the virtues woven together with one another according to reason, there comes to the soul a garment of incorruption, which when she puts on she becomes beautiful and glorious, so too from the flesh, when the passions are woven together with one another in unreason, there comes to be a certain unclean and defiled garment, making the soul known from itself, imposing upon her another form and image contrary to the divine. 13. Concerning "For the invisible things of him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:54 · narrative
Source
13. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΙΓ' Τί ἐστι τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς ποιήμασι νοούμενα καθορᾶται, ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης; Τίνα τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἡ ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης; Ἀπόκρισις. Οἱ τῶν ὄντων λόγοι προκαταρτισθέντες τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, καθὼς οἶδεν αὐτός, ἀόρατοι ὄντες, οὓς καὶ ἀγαθὰ θελήματα καλεῖν τοῖς θείοις ἐστὶν ἔθος ἀνδράσιν, ἀπὸ τῶν ποιημάτων νοούμενοι καθορῶνται. Πάντα γὰρ τὰ ποιήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ κατὰ φύσιν μετὰ τῆς δεούσης ἐπιστήμης γνωστικῶς ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν θεωρούμενα τοὺς καθ᾽ οὓς γεγένηνται λόγους κρυφίως ἡμῖν ἀπαγγέλλουσι καὶ τὸ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ ποιήματι θεῖον σκοπὸν ἑαυτοῖς συνεκφαίνουσιν, καθ᾽ ὃ καὶ οἱ οὐρανοὶ διηγοῦνται δόξαν Θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ στερέωμα τὴν τῶν χειρῶν ἀναγγέλλει ποίησιν. Ἀΐδιος δὲ δύναμίς ἐστι καὶ θειότης ἡ συνεκτικὴ τῶν ὄντων πρόνοια καὶ ἡ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐκθεωτικὴ τῶν προνοουμένων ἐνέργεια. Ἢ τάχα τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσιν οὐκ ἄλλό τι παρὰ τὴν ἀΐδιον αὐτοῦ δύναμιν καὶ θειότητα, ἔχουσας διαπρυσίους κήρυκας τὰς τῶν γεγονότων ὑπερφυεῖς μεγαλοπρεπείας. Ὡς γὰρ ἐκ τῶν ὄντων τὸν κυρίως ὄντα Θεὸν ὅτι ἔστι πιστεύομεν, οὕτως ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὄντων οὐσιώδους κατ᾽ εἶδος διαφορᾶς τὴν κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἔμφυτον αὐτοῦ σοφίαν ὑφεστῶσαν καὶ τῶν ὄντων συνεκτικὴν διδασκόμεθα· καὶ πάλιν, ἐκ τῆς οὐσιώδους κατ᾽ εἶδος τῶν ὄντων κινήσεως τὴν κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἔμφυτον αὐτοῦ ζωὴν ὑφεστῶσαν καὶ τῶν ὄντων συμπληρωτικὴν μανθάνομεν, ἐκ τῆς κατὰ τὴν κτίσιν σοφῆς θεωρίας τὸν περὶ τῆς ἁγίας Τριάδος, Πατρὸς λέγω καὶ Υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, λόγον λαμβάνοντες·
English
QUESTION 13: What is the meaning of "For his invisible things from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even his eternal power and divinity"? What are the invisible things of God, and what is his eternal power and divinity? Answer. The principles of beings, pre-established in God before the ages, as he himself knows, being invisible—which the divine men are accustomed to call also good wills—are clearly seen, being understood from the things that are made. For all the works of God, when contemplated by us in a knowing manner according to nature with the fitting knowledge, secretly declare to us the principles according to which they came to be, and together reveal to themselves the divine purpose in each work, in accordance with which the heavens also declare the glory of God, and the firmament announces the work of his hands. And his eternal power and divinity is the providence that holds together beings, and the deifying activity according to it of those under providence. Or perhaps the invisible things of God are nothing other than his eternal power and divinity, which have as their most clear heralds the transcendent magnificences of things that have come to be. For just as from beings we believe that God, who truly is, exists, so from the substantial difference of beings according to species we are taught that his wisdom, innate according to substance, subsists and holds together beings; and again, from the substantial motion of beings according to species we learn that his life, innate according to substance, subsists and completes beings, receiving the account concerning the holy Trinity—I mean Father, Son, and Holy Spirit—from the wise contemplation of creation.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:55 · narrative
Source
Θεοῦ γὰρ ἀΐδιός ἐστιν, ὡς ὁμοούσιος, δύναμις ὁ Λόγος, καὶ θειότης ἀΐδιος τὸ ὁμοούσιον ἅγιον Πνεῦμα. Κατάκριτοι τοιγαροῦν οἱ μὴ συνδιδαχθέντες ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὄντων θεωρίας τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν ὄντων καὶ τὰ κατὰ φύσιν τῆς αἰτίας ἴδια, τὴν δύναμιν λέγω καὶ τὴν θειότητα. Βοᾷ τοίνυν ἡ κτίσις διὰ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ ποιημάτων καὶ οἷον ἀπαγγέλλει τοῖς νοερῶς δυναμένοις ἀκούειν τὴν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν τριαδικῶς ὑμνουμένην, λέγω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν καὶ Πατέρα, καὶ τὴν ἄφραστον αὐτοῦ δύναμιν καὶ τὴν θειότητα, ἤγουν τὸν μονογενῆ Λόγον καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. Ταῦτα γάρ εἰσι τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ κόσμου νοήσει καθορώμενα. ΣΧΟΛΙΟΝ 1. Ὅτι ἐκ τῶν ὄντων, φησίν, τὸν τῶν ὄντων γινώσκομεν αἴτιον· καί ἐκ τῆς διαφορᾶς τῶν ὄντων τήν ἐνυπόστατον τοῦ ὄντος διδασκόμεθα σοφίαν· καί ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὄντων φυσικῶς κινήσεως, τήν ἐνυπόστατον τοῦ ὄντος μανθάνομεν ζωήν, τήν τῶν ὄντων ζωοποιόν δύναμιν, τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον. ΙΔ (14). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΚΑΙ ΕΣΕΒΑΣΘΗΣΑΝ ΚΑΙ ΕΛΑΤΡΕΥΣΑΝ ΤΗ ΚΤΙΣΗ ΠΑΡΑ ΤΟΝ ΚΤΙΣΑΝΤΑ".
English
For the Logos is the eternal power of God, as being of the same essence, and the Holy Spirit, being of the same essence, is the eternal divinity. Therefore those are condemned who have not been taught together from the contemplation of things that exist the cause of things that exist and the properties that belong by nature to the cause—I mean the power and the divinity. The creation therefore cries out through the works within it and, as it were, announces to those able to hear with the mind its own cause hymned in a threefold manner—I mean God and the Father, and His ineffable power and the divinity, that is, the only-begotten Logos and the Holy Spirit. For these are the invisible things of God, which from the creation of the world are perceived by the mind. SCHOLION 1. That from things that exist, he says, we know the cause of things that exist; and from the difference of things that exist we are taught the subsistent wisdom of the One who exists; and from the natural motion of things that exist we learn the subsistent life of the One who exists, the life-giving power of things that exist, the Holy Spirit. 14. CONCERNING "AND THEY WORSHIPPED AND SERVED THE CREATURE RATHER THAN THE CREATOR".
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:56 · narrative
Source
14. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΙΔ' Τί ἐστι καὶ ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα; Τί ἐστι σέβας καὶ τί ἐστι λατρεία; Ἀπόκρισις. Σέβας ἐστὶν ἡ μετὰ πίστεως προσκύνησις τοῦ θείου, λατρεία δὲ ἡ διὰ τῶν ἔργων θεραπεία. Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ σέβας, ἤγουν τὴν πίστιν, ἐπὶ τὴν κτίσιν μεταβιβάσαντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα προσεκύνουν, πιστεύοντες δαιμονίοις, καὶ ἐλάτρευον, τὴν διὰ τῶν πονηρῶν ἔργων αὐτοῖς θεραπείαν προσάγοντες. Ἡμεῖς δέ, τὸν Θεὸν σέβοντες διὰ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν πίστεως, σπουδάσωμεν καὶ λατρείαν αὐτῷ προσαγαγεῖν καθαρὰν τὴν διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν τετελειωμένην πολιτείαν. ΙΕ (15). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΤΟ ΓΑΡ ΑΦΘΑΡΤΟΝ ΣΟΥ ΠΝΕΥΜΑ ΕΣΤΙΝ ΕΝ ΠΑΣΙΝ". 15. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΙΕ' Τί ἐστι τὸ γὰρ ἄφθαρτόν σου Πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἐν πᾶσι· διὸ τοὺς παραπίπτοντας κατὰ μικρὸν ἐλέγχεις; Εἰ περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος λέγει, πῶς εἰς ἀσύνετον καρδίαν σοφία οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται οὐδὲ κατοικήσει ἐν σώματι καταχρέῳ ἁμαρτίαις; Ἐσημειωσάμην δὲ τοῦτο διὰ τὸ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν ἐν πᾶσιν. Ἀπόκρισις.
English
14. Question 14: What is the meaning of "they revered and served the creature rather than the Creator"? What is reverence, and what is service? Answer. Reverence is the worship of the divine with faith, while service is the care shown through works. This reverence, that is, faith, men transferred to the creature, and worshipped rather than the Creator, believing in demons, and they served them, offering them care through evil works. But let us, who revere God through faith in him, be zealous also to offer him pure service, a way of life perfected through the virtues. 15. Concerning "For your imperishable Spirit is in all things." Question 15: What is the meaning of "For your imperishable Spirit is in all things; therefore you reprove those who fall away little by little"? If it speaks of the Holy Spirit, how will wisdom not enter into an unintelligent heart, nor dwell in a body burdened with sins? I noted this because of the phrase "in all things" being used without qualification. Answer.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:57 · narrative
Source
Τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον οὐδενὸς ἄπεστι τῶν ὄντων, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν λόγου καθοτιοῦν μετειληφότων. Συνεκτικὸν γὰρ ὑπάρχει τῆς ἑκάστου γνώσεως, ὅτι Θεὸς καὶ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα κατὰ δύναμιν προνοητικῶς διὰ πάντων χωροῦν καὶ τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ φύσιν λόγον ἀνακινοῦν καὶ δι᾽ αὐτοῦ πρὸς συναίσθησιν τῶν πλημμελῶς παρὰ τὸν θεσμὸν τῆς φύσεως πεπραγμένων ἄγον τὸν αἰσθανόμενον καὶ τὴν προαίρεσιν εὔεικτον ἔχοντα πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν τῶν ἐκ φύσεως ὀρθῶν λογισμῶν. Ἀμέλει τοι πολλοὺς εὑρίσκομεν καὶ τῶν ἄγαν βαρβάρων καὶ νομάδων ἀνθρώπων καλοκἀγαθίας μεταποιουμένους καὶ τοὺς ἀνέκαθεν κρατήσαντας ἐν αὐτοῖς θηριώδεις ἀθετοῦντας νόμους. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν ἐν πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς ἐστι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. Προσδιωρισμένως δὲ καὶ κατ᾽ ἄλλην ἐπίνοιάν ἐστιν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ νόμον ὡς νομοθετητικὸν καὶ προαγορευτικὸν μελλόντων μυστηρίων, ἐμποιοῦν αὐτοῖς αἴσθησιν μὲν τῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν παραβάσεως, ἐπιστήμην δὲ τῆς προαγορευθείσης κατὰ Χριστὸν τελειότητος. Ὅθεν κἀκ τούτων πολλοὺς εὑρίσκομεν τὴν μὲν παλαιὰν καὶ ἐν σκιαῖς κειμένην καταλιμπάνοντας λατρείαν, πρὸς δὲ τὴν νέαν καὶ μυστικὴν προθύμως μεταβαλλομένους.
English
The Holy Spirit is absent from none of existing things, and especially not from those that have in any way partaken of reason. For it is the cohesive principle of each one's knowledge, since it is God and the Spirit of God, penetrating all things providentially according to their capacity and stirring up the natural principle of reason in each, and through it leading the one who perceives and whose choice is readily inclined to receive the right thoughts that come from nature toward an awareness of the things done amiss contrary to the ordinance of nature. Indeed, we find many even among the utterly barbarous and nomadic peoples who pursue nobility of conduct and reject the bestial laws that prevailed among them from of old. In this way, then, the Holy Spirit is simply present in all things. But in a more specific sense, and according to another conception, it is present in all those who are under the law, as the one who legislates and foretells the mysteries to come, implanting in them a perception of the transgression of the commandments and a knowledge of the perfection foretold in Christ. Hence we find many of these also abandoning the old worship that lies in shadows and eagerly turning to the new and mystical worship.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:58 · narrative
Source
Ἔστι δὲ πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις τρόποις καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς τὸ θεῖον καὶ θεοποιὸν ὄντως ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ κληρωσαμένοις διὰ τῆς πίστεως οὐ μόνον ὡς φρουρητικὸν καὶ προνοητικῶς λόγου τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν ἀνακινητικὸν καὶ ὡς δεικτικὸν τῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν παραβάσεως καὶ φυλακῆς καὶ τῆς κατὰ Χριστὸν ἐξαγγελτικὸν προαγορεύσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς δημιουργικὸν τῆς κατὰ χάριν διὰ τῆς πίστεως δοθείσης υἱοθεσίας. Ὡς γὰρ σοφίας ποιητικὸν ἐν μόνοις ἐκείνοις γίνεται τοῖς καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα καθαρθεῖσι διὰ τῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν ἀκριβοῦς συνασκήσεως, ὡς οἰκείοις προσομιλοῦν διὰ τῆς ἁπλῆς καὶ ἀΰλου γνώσεως καὶ τὸν νοῦν αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀχράντοις τῶν ἀρρήτων νοήσεσι πρὸς ἐκθέωσιν ἐντυποῦν. Ἔστιν οὖν ἐν πᾶσι μὲν ἁπλῶς, καθ᾽ ὃ πάντων ἐστὶ συνεκτικὸν καὶ προνοητικὸν καὶ τῶν φυσικῶν σπερμάτων ἀνακινητικόν, προσδιωρισμένως δὲ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν νόμῳ, καθότι τῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐστιν ὑποδεικτικὸν παραβάσεως καὶ τῆς κατὰ Χριστὸν προαγορευθείσης ἐπαγγελίας φωτιστικόν, ἐν δὲ πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ Χριστόν, πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ὡς υἱοθετητικόν. Ὡς δὲ σοφίας ποιητικὸν ἐν οὐδενὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐστὶν ἁπλῶς, πλὴν τῶν συνιέντων καὶ ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τῆς ἐνθέου πολιτείας ἀξίους ποιησαμένων τῆς αὐτοῦ θεωτικῆς ἐνοικήσεως. Πᾶς γὰρ μὴ ποιῶν τὰ θεῖα θελήματα, κἂν πιστός ἐστιν, ἀσύνετον ἔχει τὴν καρδίαν, ὡς πονηρῶν λογισμῶν ἐργαστήριον, καὶ τὸ σῶμα κατάχρεων ἁμαρτίαις, ὡς διαπαντὸς μολυσμοῖς παθῶν ἐνεχόμενον.
English
In addition to the modes already mentioned, it is also present in all those who have obtained through faith the divine and truly deifying name of Christ—not only as a guard and, providentially, as an awakener of the principle according to nature, and as an indicator of the transgression and keeping of the commandments, and as a proclaimer of the promise announced in Christ, but also as the creator of the adoption as sons given by grace through faith. For it becomes productive of wisdom only in those who have purified both soul and body through the exact practice of the commandments, conversing with them as its own through simple and immaterial knowledge, and imprinting their mind toward deification by the undefiled understandings of ineffable things. It is, then, present simply in all things, insofar as it is the cohesive and providential principle of all things and the awakener of natural seeds; but it is present specifically in all those under the law, insofar as it is indicative of the transgression of the commandments and illuminative of the promise announced in Christ; and in all those who are in Christ, in addition to what has been said, as that which confers adoption as sons. But as productive of wisdom it is present simply in none of those mentioned, except in those who understand and who have made themselves worthy, through their divine conduct, of his deifying indwelling. For everyone who does not do the divine wills, even if he is a believer, has an unintelligent heart, as a workshop of evil thoughts, and a body deeply indebted to sins, as being continually held fast by the defilements of the passions.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:59 · narrative
Source
ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ὅτι ὡς πάντων ποιητικόν τε καὶ προνοητικόν ἐν πᾶσίν ἐστιν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. 2. Ὅτι ὡς νομοθετητικὸν καὶ προαγορευτικόν ἐστι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ἐν τοῖς κατὰ νόμον. 3. Ὅτι κατ' ἐξαίρετον ἐν τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς ἐστιν ὡς θείας υἱοθεσίας ποιητικὸν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. Ι (16). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΧΩΝΕΥΘΕΝΤΟΣ ΜΟΣΧΟΥ ΕΝ ΤΗ ΕΡΗΜΩ. 16. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Ι ' Τίς ὁ χωνευτὸς μόσχος, καὶ διὰ τί μόσχον ἑνικῶς λέγει, τὸ δὲ οὗτοι οἱ θεοί σου, Ἰσραήλ, πληθυντικῶς, καὶ τί τὸ λεπτυνθῆναι καὶ διασπαρῆναι ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τίνα τὰ ἐνώτια καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς κόσμια; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ κατὰ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ὡς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐξερχόμενος νοῦς καὶ συνεξιοῦσαν ἔχων ἑαυτῷ τῆς καθ᾽ ἁμαρτίαν πλάνης, καθάπερ ἐκτύπωμα κακίας ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ, τὴν φαντασίαν, ἐπὰν μικρὸν ἀμελήσας ἀπολειφθῇ τῆς λογικῆς διακρίσεως, ὡς πάλαι τοῦ Μωσέως ὁ Ἰσραήλ, τὴν ἀλόγιστον, καθάπερ μόσχον, καὶ πάντων μητέρα τῶν παθῶν ἕξιν ὑφίστησιν.
English
SCHOLIA 1. That the Holy Spirit is in all things as maker and provident ruler of all. 2. That the Holy Spirit is lawgiving and foretelling, and is also in those who are under the law. 3. That the Holy Spirit is preeminently in Christians as the maker of divine adoption as sons. I (16). ON THE MOLTEN CALF IN THE DESERT. 16. QUESTION 1: What is the molten calf, and why does it say "calf" in the singular, but "these are your gods, O Israel" in the plural, and what is the meaning of its being ground fine and scattered under the water, and what are the earrings and the rest of the ornaments? ANSWER. The mind that, in the manner of Israel, is going out from Egypt—that is, from sin—and has with it the delusion of sin that shares its course, when, having neglected for a little while, it is left behind by rational discernment, sets up the irrational habit, like a calf, which is the mother of all the passions—just as Israel of old did in the absence of Moses—having as a stamp of wickedness in its understanding the image formed by fancy.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:60 · narrative
Source
Ὡς μὲν ἐνώτια τοὺς λόγους οὓς εἴληφε φυσικῶς περὶ θεολογίας ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὄντων εὐσεβοῦς κατανοήσεως, ὡς δὲ περιτραχηλίους κόσμους τὰς ἐκ τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας ἐγγενομένας αὐτῷ θεοπρεπεῖς περὶ τῶν ὄντων δόξας, ὡς δὲ ψέλλια χειρῶν τὰς κατὰ τὴν πρακτικὴν τῶν ἀρετῶν φυσικὰς ἐνεργείας χωνεύων, ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ, τῇ διαπύρῳ ζέσει τῆς τοῦ θυμοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐμπαθοῦς διαθέσεως, καὶ κατὰ τὴν προαποκειμένην τῇ διανοίᾳ τοῦ κακοῦ φαντασίαν τε καὶ μορφὴν δι᾽ ἐνεργείας αὐτῆς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀποτελῶν, τὴν ἀεὶ σκεδαστὴν καὶ συνδιασκεδάζουσαν ἑαυτῇ τὸν αὐτὴν διαπραττόμενον νοῦν καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἑνικῆς ταὐτότητος αὐτὸν διατέμνουσαν καὶ περὶ πολλὰς καὶ ἀπαγεῖς διαχέουσαν τῶν οὐκ ὄντων φαντασίας τε καὶ δόξας ἀλόγιστον ἕξιν συνίστησιν, ἣν λεαίνει καὶ σπείρει ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ ἡ τοῦ θείου Λόγου παρουσία, τῇ λεπτότητι τῆς θεωρίας τὸ πρὸς αἴσθησιν κατ᾽ ἐπιφάνειαν ἐν τοῖς πάθεσι πάχος τῆς διανοίας λεαίνουσα, καὶ τὴν εἰς ἀλλήλας τῶν φυσικῶν δυνάμεων γενομένην κατὰ τὸ πάθος μεταβολήν τε καὶ σύγχυσιν εὐκρινῶς διαστέλλουσα καὶ πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν πάλιν ἀρχὴν τῆς γνώσεως ἐπανάγουσα. Τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ σπεῖραί μοι νοεῖται.
English
As earrings, the words he has received naturally concerning theology from the pious contemplation of beings; and as necklaces, the God-befitting opinions concerning beings that arise in him from natural contemplation; and as bracelets for the hands, the natural activities of the virtues according to the practical life, forging them as in a furnace, in the fiery boiling of the passionate disposition of anger and desire, and according to the preconceived fantasy and form of evil in the mind, through its activity producing sin—the habit that is always being scattered and scattering along with itself the mind that performs it, and cutting it off from the single identity concerning the truth and dispersing it among many and abominable fantasies and opinions of non-beings—he establishes an irrational habit, which the presence of the divine Word smooths and sows under the water, smoothing by the fineness of contemplation the thickness of the mind that is toward sense perception in the passions, and clearly distinguishing the change and confusion of the natural powers that has occurred among one another according to the passion, and leading them back again to the proper principle of knowledge. For this is what I understand by "sowing under the water.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:61 · narrative
Source
Πᾶσαν μὲν οὖν τῶν ἱστορουμένων κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἐν τούτοις συντεμὼν παρέθετο τὴν θεωρίαν ὁ λόγος. Ἵνα δὲ σαφέστερον γένηται τὸ χωρίον, ὁριστικῶς ἕκαστον, εἰ δοκεῖ, θεωρήσωμεν. Μόσχος οὖν ἐστι χωνευτὸς ἡ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν δυνάμεων εἰς ἀλλήλας φύρσις καὶ σύγχυσις, ἢ μᾶλλον σύνοδος ἐμπαθὴς καὶ ἀλόγιστος καὶ τῆς ἀλογίστου τῶν παρὰ φύσιν παθῶν ἐνεργείας ἀποτελεστική· εἷς δὲ μόσχος, ὅτι μία κακίας ἕξις, εἰς πολλὰ κακίας εἴδη διασκεδαζομένη· μόσχος δέ, διὰ τὸ καρτερικὸν καὶ φιλόπονον καὶ γεωργικὸν καὶ οἷον ἀναδοτικὸν καὶ ἐπινοητικόν, ὡς ἐν μηρυκισμῷ, τῆς περὶ τὰ πάθη κακῆς διαθέσεως· χωνευτὸς δέ, ὅτι κατ᾽ εἶδος τῆς προαποκειμένης τῇ διανοίᾳ κακῆς φαντασίας ἡ τῶν παθῶν ἕξις ἀποτελεῖται καὶ ἐνέργεια· τὸ δὲ οὗτοι οἱ θεοί σου, Ἰσραήλ, πληθυντικῶς εἰρημένον, ἐπειδὴ σκεδαστὸν φύσει τὸ κακὸν ὑπάρχει καὶ ἄστατον καὶ πολύμορφον καὶ διαιρετικόν. Εἰ γὰρ φύσει τὸ καλόν ἐστιν ἑνοποιητικὸν τῶν διῃρημένων καὶ συνεκτικόν, τὸ κακὸν δηλονότι τῶν ἡνωμένων ἐστὶ διαιρετικόν τε καὶ φθαρτικόν.
English
The discourse has thus set before us, in summary form, the whole contemplation of the things recorded in this place. But so that the passage may become clearer, let us, if it seems good, consider each point by way of definition. A molten calf, then, is the confused mingling and confounding of the natural powers with one another, or rather a passionate and irrational coming-together, productive of the irrational operation of the passions contrary to nature. And it is one calf, because there is one habit of vice, dispersed into many forms of vice. And it is a calf because of its endurance, laboriousness, and agricultural character, and, as it were, its capacity for growth and invention—as in rumination—of the evil disposition concerning the passions. And it is molten, because the habit and operation of the passions is brought to completion according to the form of the evil fantasy previously stored up in the mind. And the phrase "these are your gods, O Israel," spoken in the plural, because evil is by nature scattered and unstable and multiform and divisive. For if the good is by nature unifying of things divided and cohesive, then evil is clearly divisive and destructive of things united.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:62 · narrative
Source
Ἐνώτια δὲ οἱ περὶ θεολογίας τῷ νῷ φυσικῶς ἐνυπάρχοντες ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὄντων εὐσεβοῦς κατανοήσεως τυγχάνουσι λόγοι· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν τράχηλον κόσμοι εἰσὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν φυσικὴν θεωρίαν ὀρθὰ περὶ τῶν ὄντων δόγματα· τὰ δὲ ψέλλια ἡ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξίν ἐστιν ἐνέργεια τῶν ἀρετῶν. Ἢ πάλιν ἐνώτιά ἐστιν ὁ ἔμφυτος λόγοςλόγου γὰρ τὸ οὖς σύμβολον, περιτραχήλιος δὲ κόσμος ἐστὶ τὸ θυμικόν ἀναστήματος γὰρ καὶ τυραννίδος τύπος ὁ τράχηλος, ψέλλια δὲ χειρῶν ἡ ἐπιθυμία, διὰ τῆς καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν μηνυομένη πράξεως. Ἅπερ πάντα κατὰ τὴν περὶ ἑκάστου δοθεῖσαν ἔννοιαν ῥίπτων ὁ νοῦς εἰς τὸ πῦρ τῶν παθῶν ἀποτελεῖ τὴν ἄλογον καὶ ἀνόητον τῆς ἀγνοίας ἕξιν, τὴν πάντων μητέρα τῶν κακῶν. Λεπτύνει δὲ αὐτήν, ὁπηνίκα τὸ τοῦ πάθους κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν πρὸς αἴσθησιν πάχος τῇ διανοίᾳ διασκοπήσας ὁ νοῦς τῶν ποιούντων τοῦ πάθους τὴν σύνθεσιν πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρχὴν ἕκαστον διελὼν ἀναγάγῃ, καὶ οὕτως σπείρει ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ, λέγω δὲ τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς ἀληθείας, ἄγων τὰ διευκρινηθέντα καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα κακῆς ἀπαλλαγέντα συμπλοκῆς καὶ συνθέσεως.
English
The earrings are the words concerning theology that naturally exist in the mind, arising from the pious contemplation of beings; the ornaments around the neck are the correct doctrines about beings according to natural contemplation; and the bracelets are the activity of the virtues in practice. Or again, the earrings are the innate word—for the ear is a symbol of the word—and the ornament around the neck is the irascible faculty, for the neck is a figure of uprising and tyranny, and the bracelets are the desire of the hands, made manifest through action in accordance with pleasure. The mind, casting all these into the fire of the passions according to the concept given concerning each, produces the irrational and unintelligent state of ignorance, the mother of all evils. But it makes this state thin whenever the mind, having examined the thickness of the passion at its surface with regard to perception, leads each of the things that compose the passion back to its own principle by dividing them, and thus sows beneath the water—I mean the knowledge of the truth—bringing the things that have been distinguished and freed from their mutual evil entanglement and composition.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:63 · narrative
Source
Οἷον δέ τι λέγω· πᾶν πάθος κατὰ συμπλοκὴν πάντως αἰσθητοῦ τινος καὶ αἰσθήσεως καὶ φυσικῆς δυνάμεως, θυμοῦ λέγω τυχὸν ἢ ἐπιθυμίας ἢ λόγου παρατραπέντος τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν, συνίσταται. Ἐὰν οὖν τὸ πρὸς ἄλληλα κατὰ σύνθεσιν τέλος τοῦ τε αἰσθητοῦ καὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως καὶ τῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ φυσικῆς δυνάμεως θεωρήσας ὁ νοῦς δυνηθῇ πρὸς τὸν οἰκεῖον φύσει λόγον τούτων ἕκαστον διακρίνας ἐπαναγαγεῖν καὶ θεωρῆσαι καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν τὸ αἰσθητὸν ἄνευ τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸ τῆς αἰσθήσεως σχέσεως καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν δίχα τῆς τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ πρὸς αὐτὴν οἰκειότητος καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν, φέρε εἰπεῖν, ἢ ἄλλην τινὰ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν δυνάμεων χωρὶς τῆς ἐμπαθοῦς ἐπ᾽ αἰσθήσει τε καὶ αἰσθητῷ διαθέσεως, ὡς ἡ τοῦ πάθους ποιὰ παρασκευάζει τὴν θεωρίαν γίνεσθαι κίνησις, ἐλέπτυνε λεάνας τοῦ μόσχου, τουτέστι τοῦ οἱουδήποτε συμβαίνοντος πάθους, τὴν σύστασιν καὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ τῆς γνώσεως ἔσπειρεν, ἀφανίσας παντελῶς καὶ αὐτὴν τῶν παθῶν τὴν ψιλὴν φαντασίαν διὰ τῆς πρὸς ἑαυτὰ τῶν ἀποτελούντων αὐτὸ κατὰ φύσιν πραγμάτων ἀποκαταστάσεως. Γένοιτο δὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς τὸν χωνευτὸν μόσχον λεπτύναντας τῆς ψυχῆς ἀφανίσαι, μόνην ἐχούσης ἀκίβδηλον τὴν θείαν εἰκόνα, μηδενὶ καθάπαξ τῶν ἐκτὸς μολυνομένην.
English
For example, this is what I mean: every passion arises altogether from the conjunction of something perceptible, perception, and a natural power—I mean, for instance, of anger, or desire, or of the reason that has been perverted from what is according to nature. If, then, the mind, having contemplated the end of the perceptible object, of perception, and of the natural power directed toward it in their composition with one another, is able to lead each of these back, by distinguishing them, to its own principle according to nature, and to contemplate the perceptible object by itself without perception's relation to it, and perception apart from the perceptible object's affinity for it, and desire, say, or some other of the natural powers, without the passionate disposition toward perception and the perceptible object—so that the particular movement of the passion prepares the contemplation to take place—it ground it fine, smoothing it down, the composition of the calf, that is, of whatever passion happens to occur, and sowed it beneath the water of knowledge, having utterly destroyed even the bare imagination of the passions through the restoration of the things that constitute it according to nature to themselves. May it come about that we too, having ground fine the molten calf, destroy it from the soul, which has only the divine image unadulterated, defiled by nothing at all of external things.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:64 · narrative
Source
Τὸ δὲ ἐπιφερόμενον καὶ ἐπότισεν αὐτὸ Μωυσῆς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ τὸν τρόπον σημαίνει τῆς τῶν παθῶν καθαιρετικῆς διδασκαλίας, τοῖς μανθάνουσι παρὰ τῶν διδασκόντων διδόμενον. ΙΖ (17). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΓΕΛΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΑΠΕΙΛΗΣΑΝΤΟΣ ΤΩ ΜΩΥΣΗ ΘΑΝΑΤΟΝ ΕΝ ΤΗ ΟΔΩ ΑΙΓΥΠΤΟΥ. 17. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΙΖ' Εἰ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Μωυσῆν ἀπέστειλεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, τίνι τῷ λόγῳ τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀπεσταλμένον ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄγγελος ἀποκτεῖναι ἐζήτει, καὶ ἂν ἀπέκτεινεν, εἰ μὴ σπεύσασα ἡ γυνὴ τὸ παιδίον περιέτεμεν καὶ δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς τὴν τοῦ ἀγγέλου ὁρμὴν ἔστησε; Καὶ εἰ ἀναγκαία ἦν ἡ περιτομὴ τοῦ παιδίου, διὰ τί πρὸ τοῦ αὐτόν τὸν Θεὸν ἀποστεῖλαι μετὰ ἡμερότητος οὐκ ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον; Διὰ τί δέ, καὶ ὅτε πταῖσμα ἦν, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄγγελος τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς τοιαύτην διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενον ἡμέρως οὐκ ἐνουθέτησεν; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ τῶν γραφικῶν αἰνιγμάτων φόβῳ Θεοῦ τὸν νοῦν διερευνώμενος καὶ μόνης τῆς θείας ἕνεκεν δόξης, οἷον ὡς προκάλυμμα περιαιρῶν τὸ γράμμα τοῦ πνεύματος, εὑρήσει πάντα, κατὰ τὸν τῆς σοφίας λόγον, ἐνώπια, μηδενὸς εὑρισκομένου κωλύματος πρὸς τὴν ἄμεμπτον ἐπὶ τὰ θεῖα τῆς διανοίας κίνησιν. Τὴν μὲν οὖν ἱστορίαν ἤδη πληρωθεῖσαν σωματικῶς ἐν τοῖς κατὰ Μωσέα καιροῖς παρήσομεν, τὴν δὲ τῆς ἱστορίας ἐν πνεύματι δύναμιν νοεροῖς κατανοήσωμεν ὄμμασιν, ἀεὶ γινομένην καὶ τῷ γίνεσθαι πλέον ἀκμάζουσαν.
English
What follows—that Moses gave it to the sons of Israel to drink—signifies the manner of the teaching that destroys the passions, being given by teachers to those who learn. 17. CONCERNING THE ANGEL WHO THREATENED MOSES WITH DEATH ON THE ROAD IN EGYPT. Question 17: If God sent Moses to Egypt, for what reason did the angel of God seek to kill the one sent by God—and would have killed him, had not his wife hastened to circumcise the child and by herself halted the angel's onset? And if the circumcision of the child was necessary, why did God not command him to circumcise the child before sending him with gentleness? And why, when there was a fault, did the good angel not gently admonish the one sent by God for such a ministry? Answer. He who searches out the riddles of the Scriptures with the fear of God and for the sake of divine glory alone, as it were removing the letter as a veil from the spirit, will find all things, according to the principle of wisdom, set before his eyes, with no obstacle found to hinder the blameless motion of the mind toward divine things. The history, then, which was already fulfilled bodily in the times of Moses, we shall pass over, but the power of the history in the spirit let us understand with noetic eyes, as it is always coming to be and by coming to be is ever more flourishing.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:65 · narrative
Source
Ἔρημος τοίνυν, ἀφ᾽ ἧς πέμπεται Μωυσῆς εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐξαγάγαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ, ἔστιν ἢ ἡ ἀνθρωπεία φύσις ἢ ὁ κόσμος οὗτος ἢ ἡ παθῶν ἐστερημένη ἕξις· καθ᾽ ἣν καὶ ἐν ᾧ τὴν διὰ τῆς θεωρίας τῶν ὄντων παιδευθεὶς γνῶσιν ὁ νοῦς ἐπιτροπὴν δέχεται παρὰ Θεοῦ κρυφίαν τε καὶ μυστικὴν κατὰ τὸ ἀφανὲς τῆς καρδίας ἐξαγαγεῖν τῆς Αἰγύπτου, λέγω δὲ τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως, καθάπερ Ἰσραηλίτας, τὰ θεῖα τῶν ὄντων νοήματα, περὶ τὸν πηλόν, τὰ πάθη λέγω τῆς σαρκός, ἀνονήτως πονούμενα. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν θείαν ὁ νοῦς πιστευόμενος διακονίαν, μετὰ τῆς συνημμένης αὐτῷ συμβίου δίκην κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν σοφίας καὶ τοῦ ἐξ αὐτῆς γεννηθέντος εὐγενοῦς τρόπου τε καὶ λογισμοῦ, τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον σεμνῆς πολιτείας τὴν ὁδὸν πάντως ὁδεύει τῶν ἀρετῶν, τὴν μηδαμῶς ἐπιδεχομένην τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ βαδιζόντων στάσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀεικίνητον καὶ ὀξὺν ἐχόντων κατὰ σκοπὸν τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τὸν δρόμον, ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἡ στάσις κακίας ἐστὶν ἀρχή, τοῦ νοῦ περί τι τῶν ἑκατέρωθεν τῇ ὁδῷ παρακειμένων ὑλικῶν ἐμπαθῶς ἀσχοληθέντος καὶ τὸν καθαρὸν καὶ διόλου περιτετμημένον τρόπον τε καὶ λογισμὸν τῆς εὐσεβοῦς ἀγωγῆς ἀκρόβυστον ποιουμένου καὶ βέβηλον.
English
The wilderness, therefore, from which Moses is sent into Egypt to lead out the sons of Israel, is either human nature, or this world, or the state that is devoid of passions; according to which and in which the mind, having been educated in the knowledge that comes through the contemplation of beings, receives from God a secret and mystical commission, in the hiddenness of the heart, to lead out of Egypt—I mean out of the flesh and the senses—as though they were Israelites, the divine concepts of beings, which toil without understanding around the clay, I mean the passions of the flesh. And the mind, believing itself to be entrusted with this divine service, together with the companion joined to it as a wife in the knowledge of wisdom, and with the noble manner and reasoning born from it, journeys altogether on the road of the virtues of the venerable conduct of life, which in no way admits of a standing still on the part of those who walk in it, but they keep their soul's course ever-moving and swift toward the goal, toward the prize of the upward calling, since standing still in virtue is the beginning of vice—when the mind has busily occupied itself passionately with some material thing lying on either side of the road, and makes the pure and wholly circumcised manner and reasoning of pious conduct uncircumcised and profane.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:66 · narrative
Source
Διὸ τὸν ἐλέγχοντα λόγον εὐθὺς ὡς ἄγγελον κατὰ τὴν συνείδησιν θάνατον ἀπειλοῦντα θεωρεῖ καὶ τῆς ἀπειλῆς αἰτίαν εἶναι τὴν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν στάσιν διαμαρτυρόμενον, τὴν τῆς ἀκροβυστίας τοῦ λογισμοῦ περιποιητικήν, ὃν ἡ σύνοικος τῷ νῷ δυσωπεῖ σοφία, ψήφῳ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς πίστεως, ὡς ἡ Σεπφόρα, τὴν ἐγγενομένην ὑλικὴν τῷ λογισμῷ παιδὶ φαντασίαν περιτέμνουσα καὶ πᾶσαν αἰσθητῆς ζωῆς ἔννοιαν ἀποξηραίνουσα. Φησὶ γὰρ ἔστη τὸ αἷμα τῆς περιτομῆς τοῦ παιδίου, τουτέστιν ἔληξεν ἡ ἐμπαθὴς ζωὴ καὶ φαντασία καὶ κίνησις, καθαρθέντος διὰ τῆς σοφίας κατὰ τὴν πίστιν τοῦ μολυνθέντος λογισμοῦ· μεθ᾽ ἣ κάθαρσιν παύεται, καθάπερ τις ἄγγελος, ὁ διὰ τῆς συνειδήσεως πλήττων τὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα νοῦν καὶ ἐνδιαβάλλων αὐτοῦ πᾶν νόημα παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον κινούμενον λόγος. Πολλῶν γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας πεπλήρωται τῶν ἀρετῶν ἡ ὁδὸς ἁγίων ἀγγέλων, τῶν ἑκάστης ἀρετῆς κατ᾽ εἶδος ἐνεργητικῶν, φημὶ λόγων τε καὶ τρόπων, καὶ τῶν ἀοράτως πρὸς τὰ καλὰ συνεργούντων ἡμῖν ἀγγέλων καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους ἡμῖν ἀνακινούντων λόγους.
English
Therefore the mind immediately beholds the reproving word as an angel threatening death according to conscience, and testifying that the cause of the threat is the state according to virtue—the state that procures the uncircumcision of the reasoning, which the wisdom dwelling together with the mind persuades, by the vote of the word of faith, like Zipporah, circumcising the material fantasy that has arisen in the reasoning as a child, and drying up every notion of sensible life. For it says, the blood of the circumcision of the child stood still, that is, the passionate life and fantasy and motion ceased, when the defiled reasoning was purified through wisdom according to faith; after which purification the word that strikes the sinning mind through conscience and slanders every thought of his that is moved contrary to what is fitting ceases, like some angel. For the way of the holy angels has been filled with many virtues in truth—the angels who are active in each virtue according to its kind, I mean both words and manners, and the angels who invisibly cooperate with us toward good things and stir up such words in us.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:67 · narrative
Source
Καλῶς οὖν ἔχει καὶ μεγαλοφυῶς τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς ὁ λόγος, παριστῶν ἀεὶ τὰ νοούμενα πρὸ τῶν ἱστορουμένων ἐν τοῖς ὑγιῆ κεκτημένοις τῆς ψυχῆς τὰ ὄμματα καὶ μηδεμίαν ἔχων διαβολὴν ἢ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἢ τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ ἀγγέλων. Οὐ γὰρ εἶχε Μωυσῆς, ἀποστελλόμενος παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, κατὰ τὸ νοούμενον τῆς Γραφῆς ἀκρόβυστον υἱὸν ἤγουν λογισμόν, ἐπεὶ ἄρα προστάξας αὐτῷ πρότερον περιτεμεῖν ἀπέστελλεν· οὔτε μὴν ὁ θεῖος ἄγγελος ἀπηνὴς ἦν, μηνύων τῷ Μωυσῇ τὸν ἐκ τῆς ἐσφαλμένης αὐτῷ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἀρετῶν ὁδὸν στάσεως συμβάντα θάνατον, ὃν ἡ περὶ τὸν δρόμον τυχὸν ἀτονία τῶν ἀρετῶν ὑπέστησεν. Ἐπισκήπτοντες γὰρ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀκριβέστερον τῇ ἱστορίᾳ, σαφῶς εὑρήσετε ὡς οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὔτε κατὰ τὸ μέσον οὔτε κατὰ τὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ τέλος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ καταλύματι ὑπαντήσας ὁ ἄγγελος τὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ συμβάντος λεληθότως κατὰ διάνοιαν πάθους ἠπείλησε θάνατον, ὡς, εἴγε μὴ ἔστη τοῦ δρόμου καὶ κατέλυσε τῆς ὁδοιπορίας, οὐκ ἂν διεβλήθη, δεξάμενος διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τὴν ἀγανάκτησιν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ παιδὸς ἀκροβυστίᾳ.
English
Well then, the word of Holy Scripture is noble and magnanimous, always presenting the things understood before the things narrated, in those who possess healthy eyes of the soul, and having no accusation against either God or his holy angels. For Moses, when sent by God, did not have, according to the understanding of Scripture, an uncircumcised son—that is, a thought—since God had first commanded him to circumcise before sending him. Nor indeed was the divine angel harsh, disclosing to Moses the death that came upon him from his mistaken resistance on the road of the virtues, which the weakness of the virtues during the journey perhaps brought about. For if you also attend more carefully to the history, you will clearly find that the angel met him not at the beginning, nor at the middle, nor at the end of the road, but at the lodging place, and secretly threatened death on account of the passion that had come upon him in his mind—so that, if he had not stopped his course and ceased from his journeying, he would not have been accused, having received through the angel the indignation over the uncircumcision of the child.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:68 · narrative
Source
Παρακαλέσωμεν δὲ τὸν Θεόν, εἴπερ ἐσμὲν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ τῶν ἐντολῶν, κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμῶν παράβασιν τοῦ ἐξ αὐτῆς θανάτου μὴ παύσασθαι, καθάπερ ἄγγελόν τινα, τὸν μηνυτὴν κατὰ συνείδησιν ἀποστέλλοντα λόγον, ὅπως, λαβόντες αἴσθησιν, μάθωμεν διὰ τῆς ἐμφύτου φρονήσεως περιτέμνειν, καθάπερ ἀκροβυστίαν, τὴν κατὰ τὸν δρόμον τοῦ βίου λεληθότως συμβαίνουσαν ἡμῖν τῶν παθῶν ἀκαθαρσίαν. ΙΗ (18). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΕΙ ΟΙ ΠΟΙΗΤΑΙ ΤΟΥ ΝΟΜΟΥ ΔΙΚΑΙΩΘΗΣΟΝΤΑΙ, ΠΩΣ ΕΚΠΙΠΤΕΙ ΤΗΣ ΧΑΡΙΤΟΣ Ο ΕΝ ΝΟΜΩ ΔΙΚΑΙΟΥΜΕΝΟΣ;". 18. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΙΗ' Εἰ οἱ ποιηταὶ τοῦ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται, κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον, πῶς πάλιν λέγει ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε; Ἀπόκρισις. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς οἱ ποιηταὶ τοῦ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ τοῦ πνευματικοῦ νόμου καὶ νοουμένου πνευματικῶς καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον ἐν πνεύματι ποιοῦντες τὸν κατὰ πνεῦμα νόμον δικαιωθήσονται, μὴ ἐκπίπτοντες τῆς χάριτος διὰ τὴν εἰς τὸ βάθος τῆς ψυχῆς κατὰ τὴν κάθαρσιν τοῦ λόγου διάβασιν. Οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸ φαινόμενον τοῦ νόμου σωματικῶς λατρεύοντες τῆς θείας πάντως ἐκπίπτουσι χάριτος, ἀγνοοῦντες τὴν τὸν νοῦν πάσης καθαίρουσαν κηλίδος ἐν χάριτι τοῦ πνευματικοῦ νόμου τελείωσιν καὶ τὸ τέλος Χριστόν. ΙΘ (19). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΟΣΟΙ ΑΝΟΜΩΣ ΗΜΑΡΤΟΝ, ΑΝΟΜΩΣ ΚΑΙ ΑΠΟΛΟΥΝΤΑΙ". 19. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΙΘ' Τί ἐστιν ὅσοι ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται, καὶ ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται; Καὶ πῶς ὁ αὐτὸς λέγει πάλιν ὅτε κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιόν μου διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ; Εἰ διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται, πῶς διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ;
English
Let us entreat God, if indeed we are in the way of the commandments, that He not cease, on account of every transgression of ours, from the death that comes from it, sending forth the word that declares to the conscience as a kind of angel, so that, having come to perception, we may learn through our innate prudence to cut off, as it were a foreskin, the uncleanness of the passions that secretly befalls us in the course of life. 18. ON "IF THE DOERS OF THE LAW SHALL BE JUSTIFIED, HOW DOES HE WHO IS JUSTIFIED IN THE LAW FALL FROM GRACE?" 18. QUESTION 18: If the doers of the law shall be justified, according to the apostle, how does he again say, "As many as are justified in the law have fallen from grace"? Answer. Not simply the doers of the law shall be justified, but those who do the spiritual law in a spiritual manner and according to the inner man in the Spirit shall be justified, not falling from grace because of the passage of the word into the depth of the soul in the course of purification. But those who serve the law bodily according to its outward appearance altogether fall from the divine grace, ignorant of the perfection in grace of the spiritual law that purifies the mind from every stain, and of the end, which is Christ. 19. ON "AS MANY AS SINNED WITHOUT LAW SHALL ALSO PERISH WITHOUT LAW." 19. QUESTION 19: What is "as many as sinned without law shall also perish without law," and "as many as sinned in the law shall be judged through the law"? And how does the same man again say, "when God shall judge the hidden things of men according to my Gospel through Jesus Christ"? If they shall be judged through the law, how through Jesus Christ?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:69 · narrative
Source
Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, ὡς μὲν πάντων δημιουργός, καὶ νόμου τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν ἐστὶ ποιητής, ὡς δὲ προνοητὴς καὶ νομοθέτης, καὶ τοῦ ἐν γράμματι σαφῶς καὶ τοῦ ἐν πνεύματι, τουτέστιν ἐν χάριτι, νόμου ἐστὶ δοτήρ· τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστός, δηλονότι τοῦ γραπτοῦ νοουμένου πνευματικῶς. Εἰ τοίνυν εἰς Χριστόν, ὡς δημιουργὸν προνοητήν τε καὶ νομοθέτην καὶ ἱλασμόν, ὅ τε κατὰ φύσιν καὶ ὁ γραπτὸς καὶ ὁ τῆς χάριτος συνάγεται νόμος, ἀληθεύει φάσκων ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων μέλλει κρίνειν κατὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον αὐτοῦ, τουτέστι καθῶς εὐαγγελίζεται διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ μονογενοῦς κατ᾽ οὐσίαν οἰκείου Λόγου, χωρῶν διὰ πάντων, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐλέγχων, τοὺς δὲ προσφόρως ἀποδεχόμενος, καὶ τοῖς κατὰ φύσιν καὶ νόμον καὶ χάριν διὰ τοῦ συνόντος αὐτῷ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν μονογενοῦς ἀφράστου Λόγου τὰ κατ᾽ ἀξίαν ἀπονέμων. Πάσης γὰρ φύσεως καὶ παντὸς νόμου καὶ θεσμοῦ καὶ τάξεως ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος ἐστὶ ποιητής, καὶ τῶν ἐν φύσει καὶ νόμῳ καὶ θεσμῷ καὶ τάξει κριτής· τοῦ γὰρ διαγορεύοντος Λόγου χωρίς, νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν. Εἴτε οὖν ἐν νόμῳ τις κρίνεται, ὡς ἐν Χριστῷ κριθήσεται, εἴτε χωρὶς νόμου, πάλιν ἐν αὐτῷ πάντως κριθήσεται· πάντων γὰρ τῶν ὄντων καὶ λεγομένων καὶ νοουμένων ἐστὶ καὶ ἀρχὴ καὶ μεσότης καὶ τέλος, ὡς δημιουργός, ὁ Λόγος.
English
Answer. The Word of God, Jesus Christ, as the creator of all things, is also the maker of the law that is according to nature; and as provider and lawgiver, He is clearly the giver of both the law that is in the letter and the law that is in the spirit, that is, in grace; for Christ is the end of the law—evidently of the written law, understood spiritually. If, then, both the law according to nature and the written law and the law of grace are gathered together into Christ as creator, provider, lawgiver, and propitiation, the divine apostle speaks truly when he says that God will judge the hidden things of men according to His Gospel, that is, according as He proclaims the good news through Jesus Christ, the only-begotten Word who is by essence His own, pervading all things, convicting some and receiving others in a fitting manner, and assigning to each according to worth, through the unutterable Word who is by essence co-eternal with Him, the things that are according to nature, law, and grace. For the Word of God is the maker of every nature and every law and institution and order, and the judge of things that are in nature, law, institution, and order; for apart from the Word who declares it, there is no law. Whether, then, one is judged in law, he will be judged in Christ; or whether without law, he will again certainly be judged in Him; for the Word, as creator, is the beginning, middle, and end of all things that exist and are spoken and are thought.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:70 · narrative
Source
Κ (20). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΕΝ ΤΩ ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΩ ΞΗΡΑΝΘΕΙΣΗΣ ΣΥΚΗΣ. 20. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Κ' Τίς ἡ ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ παραλόγως, ὅσον πρὸς τὸ φαινόμενον, ξηρανθεῖσα συκῆ; Καὶ τίς ἡ ἀκρασία τῆς πείνης παρὰ καιρὸν ἐπιζητούσης καρπόν; Καὶ τίς ἡ τοῦ ἀναισθήτου κατάρα; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ πάντα σωτηρίας ἕνεκεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μετὰ σοφίας οἰκονομῶν Θεὸς Λόγος, πρότερον διὰ νόμου σωματικωτέραν ἔχοντος λατρείαν παιδαγωγήσας τὴν φύσιν οὐ γὰρ ἠδύνατο γυμνὴν τυπικῶν προκαλυμμάτων δέξασθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν διὰ τὴν ἐγγενομένην αὐτῇ πρὸς τὴν ἀρχετυπίαν τῶν θείων πραγμάτων ἄγνοιάν τε καὶ ἀλλοτρίωσιν, ὕστερον, ἐμφανῶς δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος, κατὰ πρόσληψιν σαρκὸς νοεράν τε καὶ λογικὴν ἐχούσης ψυχὴν παραγενόμενος καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἄϋλον γνωστικὴν ἐν πνεύματι λατρείαν, ὡς Λόγος, τὴν φύσιν μεταγαγών, οὐκ ἠβούλετο, τῆς ἀληθείας τῷ βίῳ διαφανείσης, τὴν σκιὰν ἔχειν τὴν δυναστείαν, ἧς τύπος ὑπῆρχεν ἡ συκῆ. Διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· ἐπανιὼν ἐκ Βηθανίας εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, τουτέστι μετὰ τὴν τυπικὴν καὶ σκιώδη κατὰ τὸν νόμον λανθάνουσαν αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν αὖθις τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ σαρκὸς ἐπιδημῶνοὕτω γὰρ ληπτέον τὸ
English
K (20). On the Fig Tree Withered in the Gospel. 20. Question 20. What is the fig tree in the Gospel that was withered contrary to reason, as far as appearances go? And what is the intemperance of the hunger that sought fruit out of season? And what is the curse of the insensate one? Answer. God the Word, who orders all things with wisdom for the sake of the salvation of men, having first trained nature through the law, which had a more bodily form of worship—for it could not receive the truth stripped bare of typical coverings, because of the ignorance and estrangement that had arisen in it toward the archetype of divine things—later, having become man manifestly through Himself, having come by the assumption of flesh that has a rational and intelligent soul, and having, as Word, transferred nature to the immaterial, gnostic worship in the Spirit, did not wish, once the truth had shone forth in life, that the shadow should hold dominion—of which the fig tree was a type. Therefore He says: returning from Bethany to Jerusalem, that is, after His presence hidden in the typical and shadowy manner according to the law, again visiting the nature of men through the flesh—for thus one must take the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:71 · narrative
Source
ἐπανιών, εἶδε συκῆν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ φύλλα μόνον ἔχουσαν, τὴν ἐν σκιαῖς ὑπάρχουσαν καὶ τύποις, σωματικὴν δηλαδὴ τοῦ νόμου λατρείαν κατὰ τὴν ἄστατον καὶ παροδικήν, ὡς ἐν ὁδῷ κειμένην, παράδοσιν, καὶ μόνων οὖσαν τῶν παρερχομένων τύπων τε καὶ θεσμῶν· ἣν θεασάμενος ὁ Λόγος κομψῶς τε καὶ ἀμφιλαφῶς, καθάπερ συκῆν, τοῖς ἐκτός, ὥσπερ φύλλοις, περιβλήμασι τῶν σωματικῶν τοῦ νόμου παρατηρημάτων κεκοσμημένην, καὶ μὴ εὑρηκὼς καρπόν, δηληνότι δικαιοσύνης, ὡς λόγον μὴ τρέφουσαν κατηράσατο, μᾶλλον δὲ προσέταξε μηκέτι τοῖς κατὰ νόμον τύποις δυναστευομένην καλύπτεσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ὃ δὴ προβὰν ἐδείχθη διὰ τῶν ἔργων, καταξηρανθείσης παντελῶς τῆς ἐν μόνοις σχήμασιν ἐχούσης τὸ εἶναι νομικῆς ὡραιότητος καὶ τοῦ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ τύφου τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀποσβεσθέντος. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν εὔλογον οὔτε μὴν εὔκαιρον, τῆς ἀληθείας τῶν τῆς δικαιοσύνης καρπῶν ἐμφανῶς δειχθείσης, ἀπατωμένην παραπείθεσθαι φύλλοις τὴν ὄρεξιν τῶν τὴν παροῦσαν ζωὴν ὡς ὁδὸν παρατρεχόντων, ἀφέντων τοῦ Λόγου τὴν ἐδώδιμον εὐκαρπίαν. Διό φησιν οὐκ ἦν ὁ καιρὸς σύκων· ὁ χρόνος δηλαδὴ καθ᾽ ὃν ἐκράτει τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ὁ νόμος, οὐκ ἦν δικαιοσύνης καρπῶν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰκονιστικὸς τῶν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καρπῶν καὶ οἷον τῆς μελλούσης πάντων σωστικῆς θείας καὶ ἀπορρήτου χάριτος μηνυτικός· εἰς ἣν μὴ φθάσας ὁ παλαιὸς διὰ τῆς ἀπιστίας ἀπώλετο λαός. Ἰσραὴλ γάρ, φησὶν ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος, διώκων νόμον δικαιοσύνης, τὸν ἐν σκιᾷ δηλονότι καὶ τύποις, εἰς νόμον δικαιοσύνης οὐκ ἔφθασε, τὸν ἐν Πνεύματι κατὰ Χριστὸν δηλαδὴ τελειούμενον.
English
Returning, he saw a fig tree by the road having only leaves—that is, the bodily worship of the law existing in shadows and types, according to the unstable and transient tradition, lying as it were by the road, and consisting only of passing types and ordinances. The Word, seeing it—elegantly and abundantly, as it were a fig tree—adorned on the outside, as with leaves, by the coverings of the bodily observances of the law, and finding no fruit, clearly that of righteousness, since it did not nourish the Word, he cursed it—or rather, he commanded that the truth be no longer covered over by the legal types exercising dominion. And this, having come to pass, was shown by the works, when the legal beauty that had its being in forms alone was completely dried up, and the pride of the Jews over it was extinguished. For it was neither reasonable nor timely, once the truth of the fruits of righteousness had been clearly shown, that the desire of those who run through the present life as a road should be misled and seduced by leaves, having abandoned the edible fruitfulness of the Word. Therefore he says, It was not the season for figs—that is, the time in which the law prevailed over human nature was not a time of the fruits of righteousness, but one that imaged the fruits of righteousness and, as it were, indicated the future saving, divine, and ineffable grace of all. Not reaching this, the old people perished through unbelief. For Israel, says the divine apostle, pursuing a law of righteousness—that is, the one in shadow and types—did not attain to the law of righteousness, that is, the one perfected in the Spirit according to Christ.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:72 · narrative
Source
Ἢ πάλιν, ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἱερέων καὶ γραμματέων καὶ νομικῶν καὶ Φαρισαίων ἡ πληθύς, τὴν κενὴν νοσήσασα δόξαν διὰ τῆς τῶν εὐλαβῶς δῆθεν πεπλασμένων ἠθῶν ἐπιδείξεως, τῷ δοκεῖν μετιέναι δικαιοσύνην τὸν ἐκ τῆς οἰήσεως διέτρεφε τῦφον, συκῆν ἄκαρπον μόνοις κομῶσαν τοῖς φύλλοις εἶναί φησι τῶν εἰρημένων τὴν οἴησιν ὁ λόγος· ἣν ὁ τῆς σωτηρίας ὀρεγόμενος πάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ πεινῶν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐκθέωσιν ὡς ἄκαρπον καταρώμενος ἀποξηραίνει, ὅπως, τοῦ δοκεῖν εἶναι δίκαιοι τὸ εἶναι μᾶλλον προκρίναντες, τὸν μὲν καθ᾽ ὑπόκρισιν τῆς ἠθικῆς ἐπιδείξεως ἐκδυσάμενοι χιτῶνα, τὸν ἐνάρετον δέ, καθὼς ὁ θεῖος βούλεται Λόγος, ἀνοθεύτως μετελθόντες, εὐσεβῶς τὴν ζωὴν διενέγκωσι, Θεῷ μᾶλλον τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν διάθεσιν ἢ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸν ἐκτὸς ἐπιδεικνύμενοι περὶ τὰ ἤθη σχηματισμόν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐσμεν τοιοῦτοί τινες, τὴν εὐλάβειαν διὰ τῶν τρόπων σχηματιζόμενοι δίχα τῆς ἐπ᾽ ἔργοις δικαιοσύνης, ἐκδεξώμεθα τὸν Λόγον, ὡς φιλάνθρωπον ἡμῶν πεινῶντα τὴν σωτηρίαν, ἀποξηραίνοντα τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ τῆς κακίας σπέρμα, τὴν οἴησιν, μηκέτι φθορᾶς καρπὸν φέρουσαν τὴν ἀνθρωπαρεσκίαν. Ἔχετε, κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν πενιχρὰν δύναμιν, τοῦ λόγου τὴν δύναμιν, κατὰ τὴν ἐκδοθεῖσαν ἀφήγησιν καλῶς πεινῶντα τὸν Κύριον χρησίμως τε τὴν συκῆν καταρώμενον καὶ εὐκαίρως ξηραίνοντα δείξασαν, ὡς ἐμποδιστικὴν τῆς ἀληθείας, εἴτε τὴν παλαιὰν κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῶν σωματικῶν τύπων παράδοσιν, εἴτε τὴν τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἤθεσιν οἴησιν. ΚΑ (21). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΑΠΕΚΔΥΣΑΜΕΝΟΣ ΤΑΣ ΑΡΧΑΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΑΣ ΕΞΟΥΣΙΑΣ". 21.
English
Or again, since the multitude of the priests and scribes and lawyers and Pharisees, sick with empty opinion through the display of supposedly reverent conduct, while seeming to pursue righteousness, nourished the conceit born of presumption, the word says that the presumption of those mentioned is a barren fig tree luxuriating only in leaves. The one who desires the salvation of all men and hungers for their deification, cursing it as barren, dries it up, so that, preferring to be rather than to seem righteous, having stripped off the garment of moral display that belongs to hypocrisy, and having pursued virtue undefiled, as the divine Word wills, they may pass their life piously, displaying the disposition of the soul to God rather than the outward conformation of conduct to men. And if we Christians are also such as these, shaping our reverence through mannerisms apart from righteousness in deeds, let us receive the Word, who in his love for mankind hungers for our salvation, drying up the seed of evil in the soul—presumption—which no longer bears the fruit of corruption, namely people-pleasing. You have, according to my poor ability, the power of the word, as the exposition set forth has shown well the Lord hungering usefully, cursing the fig tree beneficially, and drying it up opportunely, as an obstacle to the truth, whether it be the old tradition of bodily types according to the law, or the presumption of the Pharisees and of us in matters of conduct. KA (21). CONCERNING "HAVING STRIPPED OFF THE PRINCIPALITIES AND THE POWERS." 21.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:73 · narrative
Source
ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΚΑ' Τί ἐστιν ἀπεκδυσάμενος τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς; Πῶς δὲ καὶ ἦν αὐτὰς ὅλως ἐνδυσάμενος, ἁμαρτίας χωρὶς γεγενημένος; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ὁμοίως ἡμῖν, δίχα μόνης ἁμαρτίας, ἀτρέπτως ὑποδὺς τὴν ἡμετέραν φύσιν θεαρχικὸς Λόγος, τέλειος γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος, τὸν πρῶτον Ἀδὰμ εἶχε τοῖς κατὰ τὴν γένεσίν τε καὶ γέννησιν τρόποις φαινόμενον. Οἷον, ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος, ἐκ Θεοῦ τὸ εἶναι λαβὼν καὶ γενόμενος κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τοῦ εἶναι τὴν γένεσιν, φθορᾶς ἦν καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἐλεύθεροςοὐ γὰρ συνεκτίσθη αὐτῷ φθορὰ καὶ ἁμαρτίαὅτε δὲ τὴν ἐντολὴν παραβὰς ἥμαρτε, γέννησιν καταδικάζεται διὰ πάθους καὶ ἁμαρτίας συνισταμένην, ἐν τῷ δι᾽ αὐτὴν παθητῷ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐχούσης, ὡς ἐν νόμῳ, λοιπὸν κατὰ τὴν φύσιν τὴν γένεσιν· καθ᾽ ὃν οὐδείς ἐστιν ἀναμάρτητος, ὑποκείμενος φύσει τῷ νόμῳ τῆς μετὰ τὴν γένεσιν διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐπεισαχθείσης γεννήσεως. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν διὰ τὴν παράβασιν ἡ ἁμαρτία, διὰ δὲ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τὸ παθητὸν κατὰ τὴν γέννησιν τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπεισῆλθεν, καὶ συνήκμαζεν ἀεὶ τῷ παθητῷ τῆς γεννήσεως διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἡ πρώτη παράβασις, οὐκ ἦν ἐλπὶς ἐλευθερίας, δεσμῷ πονηρῷ δεθείσης ἀλύτως κατὰ γνώμην τῆς φύσεως. Ὅσον γὰρ πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἔσπευδε διὰ τῆς γεννήσεως σύστασιν ἡ φύσις, τοσοῦτον πλέον ἑαυτὴν τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐπέσφιγγεν, ἐνεργουμένην ἔχουσα κατὰ τὸ παθητὸν τὴν παράβασιν.
English
QUESTION 21: What is "having stripped off the principalities and the powers," and so on? And how was he, who had been made without sin, clothed with them at all? Answer. The Word, who rules all things divinely, having in every way without change assumed our nature in the same manner as we, apart from sin alone, and having become a perfect man, had the first Adam appearing in the modes of his coming into being and his birth. For instance, the first man, having received his existence from God and having come into being according to the very generation of existence, was free from corruption and sin—for corruption and sin were not created together with him—but when he transgressed the commandment and sinned, he was condemned to a birth constituted through passion and sin, since because of it sin had, as it were in law, the passible element henceforth according to nature in generation; according to which no one is without sin, being by nature subject to the law of the birth introduced after generation because of sin. Since, then, through the transgression came sin, and through sin the passible element in birth entered the nature of men, and the first transgression always grew together with the passible element of birth through sin, there was no hope of freedom, since the nature was bound by an evil bond, unloosed in accordance with its own inclination. For as much as nature hastened toward its own constitution through birth, so much the more did it tighten itself to the law of sin, having the transgression active in it according to the passible element.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:74 · narrative
Source
Ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ τῷ παθητῷ διὰ τὴν φυσικὴν περίστασιν ἔχουσα τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὴν αὔξησιν, πασῶν εἶχε τῶν ἐναντίων δυνάμεων ἀρχῶν τε καὶ ἐξουσιῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ παθητῷ γενικὴν ἁμαρτίαν διὰ τῶν παρὰ φύσιν παθῶν ἐγκεκρυμμένας τοῖς κατὰ φύσιν πάθεσι τὰς ἐνεργείας· δι᾽ ὧν πᾶσα πονηρὰ δύναμις ἐνήργει, κατὰ τὸ παθητὸν τῆς φύσεως εἰς τὴν φθορὰν τῶν παρὰ φύσιν παθῶν τὴν γνώμην διὰ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἐλαύνουσα. Γενόμενος οὖν ὑπὲρ φιλανθρωπίας ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ μονογενὴς Υἱὸς καὶ Λόγος τέλειος ἄνθρωπος, διὰ τὸ ταύτης τῆς πονηρᾶς ἐξελέσθαι τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσιν ἀμηχανίας, ἐκ μὲν τῆς κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ Ἀδὰμ πρώτης συστάσεως λαβὼν εἶχε δίχα τῆς ἀφθαρσίας τὸ ἀναμάρτητον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς ὕστερον διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐπεισαχθείσης τῇ φύσει γεννήσεως μόνον εἴληφε δίχα τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὸ παθητόν. Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐν τῷ παθητῷ κατὰ τὸν Ἀδάμ, ὡς ἔφην, διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν αἱ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις ἔσχον τὰς ἐνεργείας ἀφανῶς ἐγκεκρυμμένας τῷ περιστατικῷ νόμῳ τῆς φύσεως, εἰκότως ἐν τῷ Σωτῆρι Θεῷ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ θεωροῦσαι κατὰ φύσιν διὰ τὴν σάρκα τὸ παθητὸν καὶ δοκοῦσαι πρὸς ἀνάγκης περιστατικῶς ὡς ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ τὸν Κύριον κεκτῆσθαι τὸν νόμον τῆς φύσεως, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ κατὰ θέλησιν γνώμῃ κινούμενον, προσέβαλον, ἐλπίζουσαι κἀκεῖνον διὰ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν πάθους τὸ παρὰ φύσιν πείθειν φαντάζεσθαι πάθος καί τι δρᾶν αὐταῖς ἐοικός· ὅς, διὰ τῆς πρώτης πείρας τῶν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν πειρασμῶν συγχωρήσας τοῖς οἰκείοις αὐτὰς ἐμπαίζεσθαι δόλοις, ἐξεδύσατο ταύτας ἐξωθήσας τῆς φύσεως, ἀπρόσιτος μείνας αὐταῖς καὶ ἀνέπαφος, ἡμῖν προδήλως ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἑαυτῷ τὴν νίκην ποιούμενος·
English
For in the very passible element, which by natural circumstance has the increase of sin, it possessed the activities of all the opposing powers, principalities and authorities, hidden by the passions contrary to nature within the passions according to nature, in accordance with the generic sin in the passible element; through these every evil power worked, driving the will, by means of the passions according to nature, toward the corruption of the passions contrary to nature in the passible element of nature. Therefore the only-begotten Son and Word of God, having become a perfect man out of love for humanity, in order to rescue the nature of human beings from this evil helplessness, took from the first constitution at Adam's generation and possessed sinlessness without incorruption, while from the generation later introduced into nature because of sin he received only the passible element without sin. Since, then, in the passible element according to Adam, as I said, the evil powers had their activities because of sin, hidden invisibly in the circumstantial law of nature, reasonably, when they saw in the Savior God the passible element according to nature because of the flesh, and supposed that the Lord too necessarily possessed the law of nature circumstantially as a mere man, but not as one moved by will according to intention, they attacked, hoping to persuade him also, through the passion according to nature, to imagine the passion contrary to nature and to do something like them. But he, by the first experience of the temptations according to pleasure, allowed them to be mocked by their own wiles, and stripped them off, driving them out of nature, remaining inaccessible and untouchable to them, making the victory plainly for us and not for himself.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:75 · narrative
Source
οἷς καὶ γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος προσάγων ὡς ἀγαθὸς ὅλον τὸ κατορθούμενον. Οὐ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐδεῖτο πείρας, Θεὸς ὢν καὶ δεσπότης καὶ παντὸς πάθους κατὰ φύσιν ἐλεύθερος, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα, τοῖς ἡμετέροις πειρασμοῖς τὴν πονηρὰν προσκαλούμενος δύναμιν, ἕληται τῇ προσβολῇ, νεκρώσας τὴν ἑλεῖν αὐτὸν ὡς ἐν ἀρχῇ τὸν Ἀδὰμ προσδοκήσασαν. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὴν πρώτην πεῖραν προσβαλούσας τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας ἐξεδύσατο, πόρρω ποιήσας τῆς φύσεως, καὶ τὸ καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν παθητὸν ἰασάμενος, καὶ τὸ χειρόγραφον ἐν ἑαυτῷ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ τῆς τῶν καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν παθῶν γνωμικῆς συγκαταθέσεως ἀπαλείψας· δι᾽ οὗ τὴν γνώμην ὁ ἄνθρωπος ῥέπουσαν ἔχων πρὸς ἡδονὴν τὴν πονηρὰν καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ σιγῶν διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἀνεκήρυττε δεσποτείαν, τῷ τοῦ θανάτου φόβῳ τῆς καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν ἐνοχῆς οὐκ ἐλευθερούμενος. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν διὰ τῆς καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν πρώτης πείρας ἡττήσας τὰς πονηρὰς ἐματαίωσε δυνάμεις ἀρχάς τε καὶ ἐξουσίας ὁ Κύριος, καὶ δευτέραν αὐταῖς συγχωρεῖ ποιεῖσθαι προσβολὴν καὶ τὴν λειπομένην δι᾽ ὀδύνης καὶ πόνων πεῖραν τῶν πειρασμῶν προσαγαγεῖν, ἵνα τελείως κενώσας ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν φθαρτικὸν ἰὸν τῆς
English
To whom he also became a man, leading forward, as one good, the whole of what was rightly accomplished. For he himself had no need of trial, being God and Lord and free by nature from every passion, but so that, drawing out the evil power by our temptations, he might destroy it by the assault, having put to death the expectation that it would seize him as it had seized Adam in the beginning. Thus then, by the first trial, having stripped off the principalities and authorities that assaulted him, he put them far from nature, and healed the passible element according to pleasure, and blotted out in himself the handwriting of Adam's deliberate consent to the passions according to pleasure; by which handwriting man, having his disposition inclined toward evil pleasure, was proclaiming against himself, even in silence through his deeds, a dominion, not being freed from the entanglement according to pleasure by the fear of death. Since, therefore, through the first trial according to pleasure the Lord had defeated and made void the evil powers, principalities and authorities, he also allows them to make a second assault and to bring forward the remaining trial of temptations through pain and toils, so that, having completely emptied in himself the destructive poison of the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:76 · narrative
Source
αὐτῶν πονηρίας ὡς πῦρ δαπανήσῃ, παντελῶς ἐξαφανίσας τῆς φύσεως, ἀπεκδυσάμενος κατὰ τὸν τοῦ θανάτου καιρὸν ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας, μείνας τοῖς πόνοις ἀνάλωτος, μᾶλλον δὲ φοβερὸς φανεὶς κατὰ τοῦ θανάτου, τὸ κατ᾽ ὀδύνην παθητὸν ἐξηλώσας τῆς φύσεως· ἧς ἀπορρέπουσαν διὰ τῆς δειλίας τὴν γνώμην ἔχων ὁ ἄνθρωπος διαπαντὸς φόβῳ θανάτου καὶ παρὰ γνώμην τυραννούμενος διὰ τὸ ζῆν τῆς καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν ἀντείχετο δουλείας. Ἐξεδύσατο μὲν οὖν ὁ Κύριος τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ πεῖραν τῶν πειρασμῶν, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν παθητὸν τῆς ὅλης φύσεως ἰασάμενος· ἀπεξεδύσατο δὲ ταύτας πάλιν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ θανάτου, τῆς φύσεως ὁμοίως ἐξηλώσας τὸ κατ᾽ ὀδύνην παθητόν, τὸ ἡμῖν κατορθούμενον ἑαυτοῦ διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν ὡς ὑπευθύνου ποιούμενος, μᾶλλον δὲ τῶν κατορθουμένων τὸ κλέος ἡμῖν ὡς ἀγαθὸς λογιζόμενος.
English
...so that, consuming their wickedness like fire, having utterly abolished it from nature, having stripped off at the time of death on the cross the principalities and the powers, remaining unconquered by sufferings, or rather appearing fearsome against death, having emulated the passible in respect of pain in nature; whose inclination, inclining away through cowardice, man always possessed, and being tyrannized by fear of death against his will, because of living he clung to the slavery that is according to pleasure. The Lord, then, stripped off the principalities and the powers at the first trial of temptations in the desert, healing the passible in respect of pleasure of the whole nature; and he stripped them off again at the time of death, having likewise emulated the passible in respect of pain of nature, making his own, through love for mankind, what is rightly accomplished by us, as though he were liable, or rather, as one good, reckoning to us the glory of what is rightly accomplished.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:77 · narrative
Source
Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁμοίως ἡμῖν λαβὼν χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας τὸ τῆς φύσεως παθητόν, δι᾽ οὗ πέφυκεν ἐνεργεῖν τὰ ἑαυτῆς πᾶσα πονηρὰ καὶ ὀλέθριος δύναμις, ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ θανάτου καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐλθούσας ἐρεύνης χάριν ἀπεξεδύσατο, θριαμβεύσας τε καὶ παραδειγματίσας αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ κατὰ τὴν ἔξοδον τῆς ψυχῆς, μηδὲν τὸ σύνολον εὑρούσας ἐν τῷ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν παθητῷ τῆς φύσεως ἴδιον, ὅτε μάλιστα προσεδοκοῦσαν διὰ τὸ φύσει κατὰ σάρκα παθητὸν εὑρεῖν τι πάντως ἀνθρώπινον, εἰκότως δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμει καὶ πᾶσαν ὡς διά τινος ἀπαρχῆς τῆς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἁγίας αὐτοῦ σαρκὸς τὴν φύσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῆς ἐμφυρείσης αὐτῇ κατὰ τὸ παθητὸν κακίας ἠλευθέρωσεν, ὑποτάξας αὐτῷ τῷ τῆς φύσεως παθητῷ τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ ποτε, φημὶ δὲ τῷ παθητῷ, βασιλεύσασαν τῆς φύσεως πονηρὰν δυναστείαν. Ἦν μὲν καὶ ἄλλως τὸν περὶ τούτου λόγον μυστικώτερόν τε καὶ ὑψηλότερον θεωρῆσαι δυνατόν. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδή, καθὼς ἴστε, τὰ τῶν θείων δογμάτων ἀπορρητότερα διὰ γραφῆς οὐ δεῖ κατατίθεσθαι, ἀρκεσθῶμεν τοῖς εἰρημένοις δυσωποῦσι φιλοπραγμονοῦσαν περὶ τούτου τὴν ἔννοιαν. Θεοῦ δὲ χαριζομένου καὶ τὸ κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν ἀξιωθῆναι, τὴν ἀποστολικὴν διάνοιαν ἅμα φιλομαθῶς ἐξετάσομεν.
English
For since he took upon himself, like us and without sin, the passibility of nature, through which every evil and destructive power naturally works its own effects, at the time of death he stripped off those powers that came against him for the sake of examination, and having triumphed over them and made a public example of them on the cross at the departure of his soul, since they found nothing at all of their own in the passibility of his nature—especially when they expected, because of what is naturally passible in the flesh, to find something altogether human—for this reason, by his own power and as from a kind of firstfruits, from his holy flesh taken from us, he set free the whole nature of human beings from the wickedness that had been implanted in it through the passible element, subjecting to that same passibility of nature the evil dominion of nature that had once reigned in it—I mean in the passible element. It would indeed be possible in another way to contemplate the account concerning this more mystically and more sublimely. But since, as you know, the more secret things of the divine doctrines ought not to be set down in writing, let us be content with what has been said, which urges on the mind that busies itself inquisitively about this matter. And if God grants that we be deemed worthy of this also in your sight, we shall inquisitively examine the apostolic meaning with a love of learning.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:78 · narrative
Source
ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Γένεσιν λέγει τήν ἐκ Θεοῦ πρώτην τοῦ ἀνθρώπου διάπλασιν· γέννησιν δέ, τήν ἐκ καταδίκης ὕστερον διά τήν παράβασιν ἐξ ἀλλήλων διαδοχήν. 2. Κακίας λέγει τὰς ἐνεργείας τῶν ἀκαθάρτων πνευμάτων. Τὰ πάθη δυὸ εἰδῶν ἐστι· τὸ μὲν τὰ παρὰ φύσιν πάθη ἐστί, ἅπερ εἰσὶ κακίαι ἀεὶ ἀντικείμεναι ταῖς ἀρεταῖς, μὴ δυνάμεναι ποτὲ ἐκδηλωθῆναι ἐν ταῖς ἀρεταῖς· τὸ δὲ ἕτερον τὰ πάθη εἰσὶ ἐκεῖνα, ἅπερ εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ποιηθέντα ἐν τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ' εἰσῆλθον αὐτῇ ἅμα τῇ παραβάσει, διὸ θεωρούμενα καθ' ἑαυτά, κακὰ εἰσι, δυνάμενα δὲ μεταβληθῆναι εἰς ἀγαθὰ τοῖς χρησαμένοις καλῶς, ἅπερ εἰσὶ ἢ ἡδονὴ τε καὶ ὀδύνη, ἡ ἐπιθυμία τε καὶ ὁ φόβος, ἐν οἷς κεκρυμμέναι εἰσὶ κακίαι, δι' ὧν αἱ ἀντικείμεναι δυνάμεις πεφύκασι πράττειν ἀδίκους πράξεις. 3. Κινήσεις τῆς ψυχῆς λέγει τὴν ἡδονὴν καὶ ὀδύνην, τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ τὸν φόβον, λαμβανόμεναι ὡς ἀγαθαὶ καὶ κακαί, ἐν αἷς λανθανόντως αἱ κακίαι ἐνυπάρχουσι. 4. Τὴν διαδοχὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὀνομάζει ἐπείσακτον γέννησιν τῇ φύσει ἡμῶν, ἐνώσει σωματικῇ, ὁμοίᾳ τοῖς ζώοις. Εἰ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου φύσις οὐκ ἔπιπτε διὰ τοῦ πρώτου ἀνθρώπου τῇ παραβάσει, ὁ πολλαπλασιασμὸς τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου γένους οὐκ ἂν ἐγίγνετο τῇ τῶν σωμάτων ἑνώσει, ἥτις ἐστὶ ἡ τῆς παραβάσεως ποινή, ἀλλὰ θαυμαστῷ τινι θείῳ τρόπῳ, ἄνευ μολυσμοῦ σπέρματός τίνος. 5. Διαδοχὴ ὀνομάζει τὴν δι' ἑνώσεως γέννησιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκ σπέρματος, ἥτις οὐκ ἐν τῇ φύσει αὐτοῦ ἦν, ἄλλα ποινὴ ἐστὶ ἐπείσακτος τῇ φύσει.
English
SCHOLIA 1. He calls "genesis" the first formation of man from God; and "gennesis," the succession from one another after the condemnation because of the transgression. 2. He calls "evil" the activities of the unclean spirits. Passions are of two kinds: the one is the passions contrary to nature, which are always evils opposed to the virtues, and can never be manifested in the virtues; the other is those passions which, although not made by God in the nature of men, nevertheless entered it together with the transgression, and therefore, considered in themselves, are evil, but can be changed into good by those who use them well—namely, pleasure and pain, desire and fear, in which evils are hidden, through which the opposing powers naturally perform unjust deeds. 3. He calls "movements of the soul" pleasure and pain, desire and fear, taken as good and evil, in which the evils secretly subsist. 4. He names the succession of men an introduced gennesis into our nature, by bodily union, like that of animals. For if the nature of man had not fallen through the first man by the transgression, the multiplication of the human race would not have come about by the union of bodies, which is the penalty of the transgression, but by some wondrous divine manner, without defilement of seed. 5. He names "succession" the gennesis of men through union from seed, which was not in his nature, but is an introduced penalty into nature.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:79 · narrative
Source
6. Τὰ ἀκάθαρτα πνεύματα πεφύκασι ὑποσύρειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὑποβάλλοντα μετὰ δόλου τὰ παρὰ φύσιν πάθη ὑπὸ μορφήν τῶν κατὰ φύσιν. 7. Τῆς ἡμῶν καθ᾿ ἡδονήν, οἰκειοῦτο πεῖραν εἰς πρόκλησιν τοῦ πειράζοντος ὁ φύσει καθ᾿ ἡδονήν καί ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπαθής ὑπάρχων· παθητός γάρ ἦν σαρκί κατά φύσιν, ὡς ἄνθρωπος, διά τό θνητόν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἐμπαθής κατά γνώμην ὡς ἀναμάρτητος. 8. Τὰς προτροπὰς τοῦ διαβόλου πρὸς τὸν Κύριον ἐν τῇ ἔρημῳ, ἐν τῷ ναῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ ὑψηλῷ ὅρει καλεῖ πειρασμούς. 9. Πάθος τοῦ σταυροῦ καλεῖ ἐκεῖνο δι' οὗ ἡττήθη ὁ διάβολος καὶ ἡ φύσις τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἠλευθερώθη ὑπὸ τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 10. Ἕτερὸν ἐστι ἡ παθητότης τῆς ἡδονῆς, καὶ ἕτερον ἡ παθητότης τῆς σαρκός· παθητότης τῆς ἡδονῆς, τουτέστιν ἁμαρτία, οὐκ ἦν τῷ Χριστῷ. 11. Φύσεως ἴδιον κέκληκε, τό κατά γνώμην μετά παράβασιν πρός ἁμαρτίαν ἐξ ἀσθενείας ὀλισθηρόν· ὅπερ οὔτε κατά σάρκα φυσικῶς εἶχεν ὁ Κύριος, καί σαρκί κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ἀναμάρτητος ὤν.
English
6. The unclean spirits are by nature inclined to drag men down, secretly suggesting, with deceit, the passions contrary to nature under the form of things according to nature. 7. The experience of our pleasure was appropriated by the one who by nature is without pleasure, for the provocation of the tempter, and as a man being impassible; for he was passible in the flesh according to nature, as a man, because of mortality, but not subject to passion in his will, as being without sin. 8. The promptings of the devil against the Lord in the wilderness, in the temple, and on the high mountain he calls temptations. 9. He calls the passion of the cross that by which the devil was defeated and the nature of man was set free from death and sin. 10. One thing is the passibility of pleasure, and another is the passibility of the flesh; the passibility of pleasure, that is, sin, was not in Christ. 11. He has called it a property of nature, the inclination to sin from weakness in the will after transgression; which the Lord did not have naturally according to the flesh, even though he was in the flesh essentially without sin.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:80 · narrative
Source
12. Ὅτι οὐ δεῖ τοὺς ἑρμηνευτάς τῆς Γραφῆς ἑρμηνεύειν τι ὡς μὴ δυνάμενον ἄλλως ἑρμηνευθῆναι. ΚΒ (22). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΕΙ ΕΝ ΤΟΙΣ ΑΙΩΣΙ ΤΟΙΣ ΕΠΕΡΧΟΜΕΝΟΙΣ ΔΕΙΞΕΙ ΤΟΝ ΠΛΟΥΤΟΝ ΑΥΤΟΥ Ο ΘΕΟΣ, ΠΩΣ ΕΙΣ ΗΜΑΣ ΤΑ ΤΕΛΗ ΤΩΝ ΑΙΩΝΩΝ ΚΑΤΗΝΤΗΣΕΝ;". 22. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΚΒ' Εἰ ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσι τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις δείξει τὸν πλοῦτον αὐτοῦ ὁ Θεός, πῶς εἰς ἡμᾶς τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων κατήντησεν; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ πάσης κτίσεως, ὁρατῆς τε καὶ ἀοράτου, κατὰ μόνην τοῦ θελήματος τὴν ῥοπὴν ὑποστήσας τὴν γένεσιν πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς τῶν γεγονότων γενέσεως τὴν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἀφράστως ὑπεράγαθον εἶχε βουλήν· ἡ δὲ ἦν αὐτὸν μὲν ἀτρέπτως ἐγκραθῆναι τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ τῆς καθ᾽ ὑπόστασιν ἀληθοῦς ἑνώσεως, ἑαυτῷ δὲ τὴν φύσιν ἀναλλοιώτως ἑνῶσαι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην, ἵν᾽ αὐτὸς μὲν ἄνθρωπος γένηται, καθὼς οἶδεν αὐτός, Θεὸν δὲ ποιήσειε τῇ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἑνώσει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, μερίσας δηλονότι σοφῶς τοὺς αἰῶνας καὶ διορίσας, τοὺς μὲν ἐπ᾽ ἐνεργείᾳ τοῦ αὐτὸν γενέσθαι ἄνθρωπον, τοὺς δὲ ἐπ᾽ ἐνεργείᾳ τοῦ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ποιῆσαι Θεόν.
English
12. That interpreters of Scripture ought not to interpret anything as being incapable of being interpreted otherwise. 22. QUESTION 22: If in the ages to come God will show his wealth, how have the ends of the ages come upon us? Answer. He who by the mere inclination of his will brought creation into existence before all the ages, both visible and invisible, had before the very generation of things that came to be his ineffably most-good purpose concerning them; and this was that he should be united without change to the nature of men through the true union according to hypostasis, and should unite to himself the human nature without alteration, so that he himself might become man, as he himself knows, and might make man God by his union with himself, clearly dividing and distinguishing the ages wisely—some for the working of his becoming man, and others for the working of his making man God.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:81 · narrative
Source
Τῶν οὖν ἐπ᾽ ἐνεργείᾳ τοῦ αὐτὸν γενέσθαι ἄνθρωπον προωρισμένων αἰώνων εἰς ἡμᾶς τὰ τέλη κατήντησεν, τῆς θείας προθέσεως κατὰ τὴν σάρκωσιν δι᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων λαβούσης τὴν ἔκβασιν· ὅπερ ὁ θεῖος διασκοπήσας ἀπόστολος, τῆς κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων πρὸς τὸ γενέσθαι τὸν Θεὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐνιδὼν τὸ τέλος δι᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Λόγου σαρκώσεως, φησὶν εἰς ἡμᾶς κατηντηκέναι τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων, οὐχ ἁπλῶς παρ᾽ ἡμῶν νοουμένων τῶν αἰώνων, ἀλλὰ τῶν, ἐπ᾽ ἐνεργείᾳ δηλονότι τοῦ τῆς ἐνσωματώσεως μυστηρίου, τὸ οἰκεῖον κατὰ πρόθεσιν τοῦ Θεοῦ πέρας εἰληφότων. Ἐπεὶ οὖν οἱ κατὰ πρόθεσιν ἐπ᾽ ἐνεργείᾳ τοῦ γενέσθαι τὸν Θεὸν ἄνθρωπον προορισθέντες αἰῶνες εἰς ἡμᾶς τὸ τέλος εἰλήφασιν, ἐνεργήσαντος κατ᾽ ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τελείαν ἐνανθρώπησιν καὶ πληρώσαντος, τοὺς ἄλλους ἐκδέχεσθαι χρὴ λοιπὸν αἰῶνας ἐπελευσομένους ἐπ᾽ ἐνεργείᾳ τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων μυστικῆς καὶ ἀπορρήτου θεώσεως, καθ᾽ οὓς τὸν ὑπερβάλλοντα πλοῦτον τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς δείξει ὁ Θεός, ἐνεργήσας τελείως ἐν τοῖς ἀξίοις τὴν θέωσιν. Εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸς τῆς
English
Of the ages, then, that were foreordained with a view to the actual accomplishment of his becoming man, the ends have reached us, the divine purpose having received its fulfillment through the very facts of the incarnation. Perceiving this, the divine apostle, seeing the end of the ages according to purpose—namely, that God should become man—through the very incarnation of God the Word, says that the ends of the ages have reached us; the ages being understood by us not in a simple sense, but as those which, with a view to the actual accomplishment of the mystery of embodiment, have received their proper limit according to the purpose of God. Since, then, the ages foreordained according to purpose with a view to the actual accomplishment of God's becoming man have received their end in us—God having truly accomplished and fulfilled his own perfect becoming man—it is necessary henceforth to await the other ages that will come, with a view to the actual accomplishment of the mystical and ineffable deification of human beings, in which God will show toward us the surpassing wealth of his goodness, having perfectly accomplished deification in those who are worthy. For if he himself
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:82 · narrative
Source
ἐπὶ τῷ ἀνθρωπισθῆναι μυστικῆς ἐνεργείας εἴληφε πέρας, κατὰ πάντα τρόπον χωρὶς μόνης ἁμαρτίας ἡμῖν ὁμοιωθεὶς καὶ εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς καταβάς, ἔνθα τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπεώσατο τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἡ τυραννίς, πάντως καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ θεωθῆναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον μυστικῆς ἐνεργείας λήψεται πέρας, κατὰ πάντα τρόπον, χωρὶς μόνης δηλονότι τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ταυτότητος, ὁμοιώσας ἑαυτῷ τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀναβιβάσας, ἔνθα τὸ τῆς χάριτος φύσει μέγεθος ὑπάρχον προσκαλεῖται διὰ τὴν ἀπειρίαν τῆς ἀγαθότητος τὸν κάτω κείμενον ἄνθρωπον· ὅπερ μυστικῶς διδάσκων ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολός φησιν ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσι τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις τὸν εἰς ἡμᾶς ὑπερβάλλοντα πλοῦτον τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ χρηστότητος δειχθήσεσθαι. Διέλωμεν οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ ἀφορίσωμεν τοὺς μὲν τῷ μυστηρίῳ τῆς θείας ἐνανθρωπήσεως, τοὺς δὲ τῇ χάριτι τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης θεώσεως, καὶ εὑρήσομεν τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὸ οἰκεῖον ὄντας τέλος, τοὺς δὲ οὔπω παραγενομένους. Καὶ συντόμως εἰπεῖν, τῶν αἰώνων οἱ μὲν τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους εἰσὶ καταβάσεως, οἱ δὲ τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων πρὸς Θεὸν ὑπάρχουσιν ἀναβάσεως. Οὕτω νοοῦντες οὐκ ἐνσκάζομεν τῇ ἀσαφείᾳ τῶν θείων λόγων, τὴν εἰς ταὐτὸν περίπτωσιν νομίζοντες παθεῖν τὸν θεῖον ἀπόστολον. Ἢ μᾶλλον, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἀρχὴ καὶ μεσότης καὶ τέλος ἐστὶ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων τῶν τε παρελθόντων καὶ ὄντων καὶ ἐσομένων ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς ὁ Χριστός, εἰκότως εἰς ἡμᾶς κατήντησε δυνάμει τῆς πίστεως τὸ κατ᾽ εἶδος ἐνεργείᾳ κατὰ τὴν χάριν ἐσόμενον ἐπὶ θεώσει τῶν ἀξίων τέλος τῶν αἰώνων.
English
For the mystical operation of his becoming man has reached its end, and he was made like us in every way except sin alone, and descended into the lower parts of the earth, where the tyranny of sin had cast man down; so too the mystical operation for the deification of man will certainly reach its end, having made man like himself in every way—except, clearly, identity with himself in essence—and having raised him up above all the heavens, where the greatness of grace, being by nature, calls the man who lies below, because of the boundlessness of its goodness. Teaching this mystically, the great apostle says that in the ages to come the surpassing riches of God's goodness toward us will be shown. Let us too, then, divide the ages by our understanding, and set apart some for the mystery of the divine incarnation and others for the grace of human deification, and we shall find that the former are at their proper end, while the latter have not yet arrived. And to speak briefly, some of the ages are of God's descent toward men, and others are of men's ascent toward God. Understanding it thus, we are not darkened by the obscurity of the divine words, supposing that the divine apostle suffered a lapse into the same meaning. Or rather, since our Lord Jesus Christ is the beginning and middle and end of all the ages—past, present, and future—it is fittingly that the end of the ages, which will come to be in actuality according to grace for the deification of the worthy, has reached us by the power of faith.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:83 · narrative
Source
Ἢ πάλιν, ἐπειδὴ ἕτερος ὁ τοῦ ποιεῖν καὶ ἕτερος ὁ τοῦ πάσχειν λόγος, μυστικῶς ἅμα καὶ σοφῶς διεῖλε παρελθοῦσιν αἰῶσι καὶ μέλλουσι τὸν τοῦ ποιεῖν καὶ τοῦ πάσχειν λόγον ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος. Οἷον, οἱ τῆς σαρκὸς αἰῶνες, ἐν οἷς νῦν ζῶμενοἶδε γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ καὶ χρονικοὺς αἰῶνας κατὰ τὸ καὶ ἐκοπίασεν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ζήσεται εἰς τέλος, τῆς τοῦ ποιεῖν εἰσιν ἰδιότητος, οἱ δὲ μέλλοντες εἶναι τοῦ Πνεύματος μετὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ζωὴν τῆς τοῦ πάσχειν εἰσὶν μεταποιήσεως. Ἐνταῦθα τοίνυν ὄντες, ὡς ποιοῦντες εἰς αἰώνων τέλη καταντῶμεν, πέρας λαμβανούσης ἡμῶν κατὰ τὸ ποιεῖν τῆς δυνάμεώς τε καὶ τῆς ἐνεργείας. Ἐν δὲ τοῖς αἰῶσι τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις, πάσχοντες τὴν πρὸς τὸ θεοῦσθαι χάριτι μεταποίησιν, οὐ ποιοῦμεν ἀλλὰ πάσχομεν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ λήγομεν θεουργούμενοι. Ὑπὲρ φύσιν γὰρ τότε τὸ πάθος ἐστὶ καὶ μηδένα λόγον ἔχον ὁριστικὸν τῆς ἐπ᾽ ἄπειρον τῶν τοῦτο πασχόντων θεουργίας. Ποιοῦμεν γὰρ ἡμεῖς, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον τήν τε τῶν ἀρετῶν ποιητικὴν φύσει λογικὴν ἔχομεν δύναμιν ἐνεργουμένην καὶ τὴν πάσης γνώσεως δεκτικὴν νοερὰν ἀσχέτως δυνάμει πᾶσαν τῶν ὄντων καὶ γινωσκομένων φύσιν διαβαίνουσαν καὶ πάντας κατόπιν ἑαυτῆς τοὺς αἰῶνας ποιουμένην· καὶ πάσχομεν ἡνίκα, τῶν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τελείως τοὺς λόγους περάσαντες, εἰς τὴν τῶν ὄντων ἀγνώστως ἔλθωμεν αἰτίαν καὶ συγκαταπαύσομεν τοῖς φύσει πεπερασμένοις τὰς οἰκείας δυνάμεις, ἐκεῖνο γινόμενοι ὅπερ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν δυνάμεως οὐδαμῶς ὑπάρχει κατόρθωμα, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ ὑπὲρ φύσιν ἡ φύσις καταληπτικὴν οὐ κέκτηται δύναμιν.
English
Or again, since the principle of doing is one thing and the principle of suffering another, the divine apostle mystically and at the same time wisely divided the principle of doing and of suffering into ages past and ages to come. For example, the ages of the flesh, in which we now live—for Scripture also knows temporal ages, according to the words "and he labored unto the age, and he shall live unto the end"—belong to the property of doing, while the ages that are to be, of the Spirit after the present life, belong to the transformation of suffering. Here, then, being as those who do, we arrive at the ends of ages, our power and our activity receiving their limit in respect of doing. But in the ages to come, suffering the transformation toward deification by grace, we do not act but suffer, and for this reason we do not cease being deified. For then the suffering is beyond nature and has no defining principle of the deification of those who suffer it, extending without limit. For we act insofar as we possess by nature the rational power productive of virtues, being energized, and the noetic power receptive of all knowledge, passing over the whole nature of beings and things known without restraint and making all the ages behind itself; and we suffer when, having perfectly passed through the principles of things that come from non-being, we come unknowably to the cause of beings and bring our own powers to rest together with things naturally limited, becoming that which is in no way an achievement of natural power, since nature does not possess a power capable of comprehending what is beyond nature.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:84 · narrative
Source
Θεώσεως γὰρ οὐδὲν γενητὸν κατὰ φύσιν ἐστὶ ποιητικόν, ἐπειδὴ μηδὲ Θεοῦ καταληπτικόν. Μόνης γὰρ τῆς θείας χάριτος ἴδιον τοῦτο πέφυκεν εἶναι τὸ ἀναλόγως τοῖς οὖσι χαρίζεσθαι θέωσιν, καὶ λαμπρυνούσης τὴν φύσιν τῷ ὑπὲρ φύσιν φωτὶ καὶ τῶν οἰκείων ὅρων αὐτὴν ὑπεράνω κατὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς δόξης ποιουμένης. Οὐκοῦν τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων εἰς ἡμᾶς εἰκότως κατήντησε τοὺς ὅσον οὐδέπω διὰ τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ χάριτος ληψομένους τῶν ὑπὲρ αἰῶνας καὶ φύσιν ἀγαθῶν τὴν δωρεάν, ὧν τύποι καὶ προχαράγματα καθεστήκασιν οἱ τρόποι τῶν ἀρετῶν καὶ τῶν γνωσθῆναι φύσει δυναμένων οἱ λόγοι, δι᾽ ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἀεὶ θέλων ἐν τοῖς ἀξίοις ἄνθρωπος γίνεται. Μακάριος οὖν ὁ μετὰ τὸ ποιῆσαι διὰ σοφίας ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν Θεὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ τοῦ τοιούτου μυστηρίου πληρώσας τὴν γένεσιν, πάσχων τὸ γενέσθαι τῇ χάριτι Θεός, ὅτι τοῦ ἀεὶ τοῦτο γίνεσθαι πέρας οὐ λήψεται. Ὁ γὰρ ταύτην τοῖς ἀξίοις ποιῶν, ἀόριστος ὑπάρχων κατ᾽ οὐσίαν, ἀόριστον ἔχει, καὶ πάσης ἀοριστίας ἐπέκεινα, τὴν τοῦτο ποιοῦσαν δύναμιν καὶ μηδέποτε συγκαταλήγουσαν τοῖς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς γινομένοις, καθάπερ ἡμεῖς, ἀεὶ δὲ μᾶλλον ἑαυτῇ συγκρατοῦσαν τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς τὸ εἶναι λαβόντας, ἄνευ αὐτῆς εἶναι μὴ δυναμένους. Ὅθεν καὶ πλοῦτον εἶπε χρηστότητος, ὡς μὴ παυομένης ποτὲ τῆς ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν ἐν χρηστότητι κατὰ τὴν πρὸς θέωσιν μεταποίησιν θείας καὶ παμφαοῦς διαθέσεως. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ἡ πρός τήν σάρκα τοῦ Λόγου καθ᾿ ὑπόστασιν ἕνωσις, τόν ἀπόῤῥητον τῆς θείας βουλῆς ἐφανέρωσε σκοπόν, ἐν τῷ μή φῦραι τῇ ἑνώσει τῆς σαρκός τήν οὐσίαν· μίαν δέ δεῖξαι, κἀν τῇ σαρκώσει τοῦ Λόγου τήν ὑπόστασιν·
English
For nothing created is by nature productive of deification, since it is not even capable of comprehending God. For this is proper to divine grace alone by nature: to bestow deification on beings in proportion to each, and to illumine nature with light beyond nature, and to place it above its own limits by the exceeding abundance of glory. Therefore the ends of the ages have rightly come upon us, who are about to receive, very soon, through the grace in Christ, the gift of good things beyond ages and nature, of which the modes of the virtues and the principles of things that can be known by nature are types and prefigurations, through which God, always willing it among the worthy, becomes man. Blessed, then, is the one who, after making God man within himself through wisdom, has also fulfilled the generation of such a mystery, suffering to become God by grace, because the ever-ongoing becoming of this will receive no end. For he who works this in the worthy, being boundless in essence, has a boundless power—and beyond all boundlessness—that works this and never terminates together with the things that come to be by it, as we do, but always rather holds together with itself those who receive being from it, who cannot be without it. Hence he also called it wealth of goodness, since the divine and all-radiant disposition toward us in goodness, for the transformation unto deification, never ceases. SCHOLIA 1. The union of the Word with the flesh according to subsistence revealed the ineffable purpose of the divine counsel, in that he did not confuse the essence by the union of the flesh, but showed the subsistence to be one, even in the incarnation of the Word.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:85 · narrative
Source
ἵνα καί μείνῃ σάρξ κατά τήν οὐσίαν ἡ σάρξ, καί γένηται θεία κατά τήν ὑπόστασιν. 2. Τῶν αἰώνων, φησίν, οἱ μέν θείας ἐκφαντικοί γεγόνασιν ἐνανθρωπήσεως, ὧν εἰς ἡμᾶς τά τέλη κατήντησεν· οἱ δέ τῆς ἡμῶν ἀποδεικτικοί τυγχάνουσιν ἐκθεώσεως· ὧν οὔπω τῆς δόξης ὁ πλοῦτος ἐφανερώθη. 3. Βεβαία πίστωσίς ἐστι, φησίν, τῆς πρός ἐκθέωσιν ἐλπίδος τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐνανθρώπησις· τοσοῦτον Θεόν ποιοῦσα τόν ἄνθρωπον, ὅσον αὐτός γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος. Ὁ γάρ χωρίς ἁμαρτίας γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος, δῆλον ὅτι χωρίς τῆς εἰς θεότητα μεταβολῆς, τήν φύσιν θεοποιήσει καί τοσοῦτον ἀναβιβάσει δι᾿ ἑαυτόν, ὅσον αὐτός διά τόν ἄνθρωπον ἑαυτόν κατεβίβασεν. 4. Θεωρία, δι᾿ ἧς ἐν Χριστῷ κατά περιγραφήν εἶναι δείκνυσιν ἀδιαστάτως, τήν ἀρχήν καί τό μέσον καί τό τέλος τῶν αἰώνων. Ὅς εἰς ἡμᾶς κατήντησεν ὡς αἰώνων τέλος διά σαρκώσεως, ἔχων φυσικῶς τό πλήρωμα τῆς πατρικῆς ἀγαθότητος, οὗπερ ἐν ἑαυτῷ κατά χάριν ἡμᾶς μετόχους κατέστησεν, πίστεως ἡμῖν θέμενος τήν ἐλπίδα βεβαίωσιν.
English
so that the flesh may remain flesh in essence, and yet become divine in hypostasis. 2. Of the ages, he says, some have been declarative of the divine incarnation, the ends of which have reached us; while others are demonstrative of our deification, the wealth of whose glory has not yet been revealed. 3. A sure pledge, he says, of the hope of deification for the nature of humans is the incarnation of God, making the human so much God as he himself became human. For the one who became human without sin—clearly without any change into divinity—will deify the nature and raise it up through himself as much as he lowered himself through the human. 4. A contemplation through which he shows that in Christ, without interval, according to circumscription, are the beginning, the middle, and the end of the ages. He who reached us as the end of the ages through incarnation, having by nature the fullness of the Father's goodness, of which he made us partakers in himself by grace, establishing for us the hope of faith as a sure pledge.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:86 · narrative
Source
5. Ὁ τοῦ ποιεῖν λόγος ἐστίν ἡ φυσική πρός ἀρετῶν ἐνέργειαν δύναμις· ὁ δέ τοῦ πάσχειν λόγος ἐστίν ἡ χάρις τῶν ὑπέρ φύσιν ἤ σύμβασις τῶν παρά φύσιν. Ὡς γάρ τοῦ ὑπερόντος φυσικήν οὐκ ἔχομεν δύναμιν, οὕτως οὔτε τοῦ μή ὄντος ἔχομεν φύσει τήν δύναμιν. Πάσχομεν οὖν ὡς ὑπέρ φύσιν οὖσαν κατά χάριν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ ποιοῦμεν τήν θέωσιν. Οὐ γάρ ἔχομεν δεκτικήν φύσει τῆς θεώσεως δύναμιν. Καὶ πάσχομεν πάλιν ὡς παρὰ φύσιν γνώμῃ κατά σύμβασιν τὴν κακίαν· οὐ γάρ ἔχομεν πρός γένεσιν κακίας φυσικήν δύναμιν. Ποιοῦμεν οὖν ἐνταῦθα, φησίν, ὄντες, τάς ἀρετάς πρός τό ποιεῖν ταύτας ἔχοντες φύσει τήν δύναμιν· πάσχομεν δέ κατά τό μέλλον τήν θέωσιν, τήν πρός τό παθεῖν ταύτην κατά δωρεάν χάριν δεχόμενοι. 6. Τάς μέν ἀρετάς ποιοῦντες μετά τήνδε, φησί, παυόμεθα τήν ζωήν· τήν δέ κατά χάριν ὑπέρ αὐτῶν οὐ παυόμεθα πάσχοντες θέωσιν. Τὸ γὰρ ὑπέρ φύσιν πάθος, ἀόριστον, ὅτι καί δραστικόν· τό δέ παρά φύσιν, ἀνύπαρκτον, ὅτι καί ἀδρανές. 7. Τοῦ τε θυμοῦ καί τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐπιστατῶν ὁ λόγος, φησίν, ποιεῖ τάς ἀρετάς· ὁ δέ νοῦς τοῖς λόγοις ἐπιβάλλων τῶν γεγονότων τήν ἄπταιστον συλλέγεται γνῶσιν. Ὅταν οὖν ὁ λόγος μετά τήν τῶν ἀντικειμένων ἀποβολήν εὕρῃ τό κατά φύσιν ἐραστόν· καί ὁ νοῦς μετά τήν τῶν γινωσκομένων διάβασιν λάβηται τῆς ὑπέρ οὐσίαν καί γνῶσιν τῶν ὄντων αἰτίας, τηνικαῦτα τό τῆς θεώσεως κατά χάριν ἐπιγίνεται πάθος, τόν μέν λόγον ἀπάγον τῆς φυσικῆς διακρίσεως, ἔνθα τὸ διακρινόμενον οὐκ ἔστι· τόν δέ νοῦν καταπαῦον τῆς κατά φύσιν νοήσεως, ἔνθα μή
English
5. The principle of doing is the natural power directed toward the activity of the virtues; but the principle of suffering is the grace of things beyond nature, or the concurrence of things contrary to nature. For just as we do not have a natural power for what transcends being, so neither do we have by nature the power for what is not. We therefore suffer deification as being beyond nature, by grace, but we do not produce it. For we do not have by nature a power receptive of deification. And again we suffer evil as being contrary to nature, by choice through concurrence; for we do not have a natural power for the generation of evil. Here, then, he says, while we are in this life, we do the virtues, having by nature the power to do them; but in the age to come we suffer deification, receiving this grace as a gift for the purpose of suffering it. 6. After this life, he says, we cease doing the virtues; but we do not cease suffering the deification that is beyond them, according to grace. For the suffering that is beyond nature is unbounded, because it is also active; but that which is contrary to nature is non-existent, because it is also inactive. 7. The principle, he says, presiding over anger and desire produces the virtues; and the intellect, applying itself to the principles of created things, gathers the unerring knowledge. When, therefore, the principle, after the casting off of things opposed, finds the natural object of love; and the intellect, after the passage through things known, lays hold of the cause of beings that is beyond substance and knowledge—then at that time the suffering of deification by grace supervenes, leading the principle away from natural discrimination, where that which is discriminated does not exist; and bringing the intellect to rest from natural understanding, where not
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:87 · narrative
Source
ἔστι τό γινωσκόμενον, καὶ ποιοῦν τῇ κατά τήν στάσιν ταυτότητι Θεόν, τόν ἀξιούμενον τῆς θείας μεθέξεως. 8. Τῶν θείων φησίν ἀγαθῶν τύπους εἶναι τούς τε κατ᾿ ἀρετήν τρόπους, καί τούς τῶν ὄντων λόγους· οἷς ὁ Θεός διαπαντός ἄνθρωπος γίνεται, ὡς μὲν σῶμα τούς τρόπους ἔχων τῶν ἀρετῶν, ὡς δέ ψυχήν τούς ἐν πνεύματι λόγους τῆς γνώσεως, οἷς τούς ἀξίους θεοποιεῖ, χαρακτῆρα διδούς ἀρετῆς ἐνυπόστατον, καί ἀπλανοῦς γνώσεως ἐνούσιον χαριζόμενος ὕπαρξιν. 9. Πλοῦτον ἑρμήνευσεν εἶναι χρηστότητος, τήν εἰς ἡμᾶς τοῦ Θεοῦ διάθεσιν τῆς ἀγαθότητος. ΚΓ (23). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΚΑΙ ΔΩΣΕΙ ΑΥΤΩ Ο ΘΕΟΣ ΤΟΝ ΘΡΟΝΟΝ ΔΑΒΙΔ ΤΟΥ ΠΑΤΡΟΣ ΑΥΤΟΥ". 23. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΚΓ' Εἰ Δαβὶδ τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα μόνου Ἰσραὴλ ἐβασίλευσεν, ὁ δὲ κατὰ σάρκα Ἰσραὴλ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀπώσατο βασιλείανδιὸ καὶ μετῆλθεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη, πῶς κατὰ τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ ἀρχαγγέλου σταθήσεται τὸ καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν θρόνον Δαβὶδ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ βασιλεύσει ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; Ἀπόκρισις.
English
is the object of knowledge, and makes God, by the sameness of its stability, the one deemed worthy of divine participation. 8. He says that the types of the divine goods are both the modes of virtue and the principles (logoi) of beings; by these God continually becomes man, having as it were a body the modes of the virtues, and as it were a soul the spiritual principles of knowledge, by which He deifies the worthy, giving an embodied impress of virtue and granting the substantial existence of unerring knowledge. 9. He interpreted as wealth of goodness the disposition of God's benevolence toward us. 23. CONCERNING "AND GOD WILL GIVE HIM THE THRONE OF DAVID HIS FATHER." Question 23: If David reigned over Israel according to the flesh only, and Israel according to the flesh rejected the kingdom of Christ—which is why it passed over to the Gentiles—how, according to the voice of the archangel, will there stand the saying "And God will give him the throne of David his father, and he will reign over the house of Jacob forever"? Answer.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:88 · narrative
Source
Τοῦτο πάνυ μοι φαίνεται τὸ ἄπορον δήλην ἔχον καὶ φανερὰν τὴν διασάφησιν. Εἰ γὰρ οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, οὗτοι Ἰσραήλ, οὐδ᾽ ὅτι εἰσὶ σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ, πάντες τέκνα, ἀλλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας λογίζεται ὁ Θεὸς εἰς σπέρμα, καὶ ἐὰν ᾖ ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ὡς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸ κατάλειμμα σωθήσεται, δῆλον ὡς ὁ πιστὸς λαὸς καὶ δι᾽ ἔργων δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἀληθοῦς τῆς κατὰ τὴν πίστιν γνώσεως ὁρῶν τὸν Θεόν ἐστιν Ἰσραήλ, εἴτε κατὰ σάρκα φέρει τὸ γένος ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, εἴτε τῆς ἐθνικῆς ὑπάρχει μερίδος. Ὁ γὰρ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἐν ἑαυτῷ φέρων τρανὸν καὶ ἄχραντον τὸν χαρακτῆρα τῆς πίστεως τῆς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἀπηλλοτρίωται κλήσεώς τε καὶ χάριτος. Ἀλλὰ καὶ Δαβὶδ αὐτὸς ὁ μακάριος τῶν ἐν Ἰσραὴλ πιστῶν εἶχε τὴν βασιλείαν. Ὅθεν ἅμα τῆς πίστεως κατέσβεσεν ἑαυτῷ τὸ φέγγος ὁ Ἰσραήλ, ἅμα καὶ τῆς τοῦ Δαβὶδ εὐθὺς ἀπέστη βασιλείας.
English
This puzzle seems to me to have a clear and manifest explanation. For if not all those from Israel are Israel, nor because they are the seed of Abraham are they all children, but God reckons the children of the promise as seed, and if the number of the sons of Israel be as the stars of heaven and as the sand of the sea, the remnant shall be saved, it is clear that the faithful people, who see God through works of righteousness and through the true knowledge that is according to faith, is Israel, whether it bears its lineage from Israel according to the flesh, or belongs to the portion of the Gentiles. For he who bears in himself the clear and undefiled imprint of the faith of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the faith of the true Israel, has not been estranged from the calling and the grace. But David himself, the blessed one of the faithful in Israel, also had the kingdom. Hence, at the same time as Israel extinguished for itself the light of faith, it also immediately departed from the kingdom of David.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:89 · narrative
Source
Ἄρ᾽ οὖν τὸν τοῦ Δαβὶδ πνευματικὸν θρόνον καὶ τὴν νοητὴν τῶν λογικῶν ψυχῶν βασιλείαν καὶ τὸν πιστὸν οἶκον τοῦ Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὸ ἅγιον καὶ μέγα ἔθνος, ἐφ᾽ ὃν ἀντὶ τοῦ σωματικοῦ καὶ παραπικραίνοντος Ἰσραὴλ προφητικῶς χρηματίζων ὁ Θεὸς τῷ Μωυσῇ καταστήσειν αὐτὸν ἤτοι τὸν δι᾽ αὐτοῦ τυπικῶς νοούμενον ἐπηγγείλατο εἰπὼν "ἄφες με καὶ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ἔθνος τοῦτο εἰσάπαξ καὶ καταστήσω σε εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ φοβερὸν ἢ τοῦτο", ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τὸν ἄπιστον οἶκον τοῦ Ἰακὼβ καὶ παραπικραίνοντα, καὶ τὸ ἁμαρτωλὸν ἔθνος καὶ τὸ πονηρὸν σπέρμα καὶ τοὺς ἀνόμους υἱοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας Σοδόμων καὶ τὸν λαὸν Γομόρρας καὶ τοὺς ἀποστραφέντας ἀποστροφὴν πονηρὰν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἐγκαταλιπόντας καὶ τὸν ἅγιον τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ παροξύναντας καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐκ ἐπεγνωκότας οὐδὲ συνιέντας καὶ πληγέντας πληγὴν ἀπιστίας ἀνίατον καὶ μηδεμίαν δεχομένην λογικῆς ἰατρείας μέθοδον, ἀπιστίαν ψυχῆς θεραπεύουσανοὐαὶ γάρ, φησίν, ἔθνος ἁμαρτωλόν, σπέρμα πονηρόν, υἱοὶ ἄνομοι· ἐγκατελίπετε τὸν Κύριον καὶ παρωξύνατε τὸν ἅγιον τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. Τί ἔτι πληγῆτε προστιθέντες ἀνομίαν; Οὐκ ἔστι μάλαγμα ἐπιθεῖναι οὔτε ἔλαιον οὔτε καταδέσμους, οὐ τοὺς χωλάναντας ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς ἰγνύαις καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀπεστραμμένους καὶ ἐκβεβλημένους τῆς θείας κληρονομίας κατὰ τὸν Κάϊν καὶ Ἰσμαὴλ καὶ Ἡσαῦ καὶ Ῥουβὴμ καὶ Ἢρ καὶ Αὐνὰν καὶ Μανασσῆν καὶ Ἐλιὰφ καὶ Ἀμνών, τοὺς τῶν πατριαρχῶν τε καὶ προφητῶν πρωτοτόκους καὶ ἐκβεβλημένους καὶ ἀποδεδοκιμασμένουςφησὶ γὰρ υἱός μου πρωτότοκος Ισραήλ· οὐ γὰρ μονογενής·
English
Is it, then, the spiritual throne of David, and the intelligible kingdom of rational souls, and the faithful house of Jacob, and the holy and great nation—the one for which, in place of the carnal and embittering Israel, God, speaking prophetically to Moses, promised to establish him, that is, the one understood typologically through him, saying, "Let me alone, and I will blot out this nation at once, and I will establish you as a great and fearful nation, or this one"—but not the faithless house of Jacob and the one that embitters, and the sinful nation and the evil seed and the lawless sons and the rulers of Sodom and the people of Gomorrah and those who have turned away with an evil turning and have forsaken the Lord and provoked the Holy One of Israel and have not known or understood God and have been struck with the incurable plague of unbelief, one that admits no method of rational healing, healing the unbelief of the soul—for woe, he says, to a sinful nation, an evil seed, lawless sons: you have forsaken the Lord and provoked the Holy One of Israel. Why should you be struck further, adding lawlessness? There is no poultice to apply, neither oil nor bandages—not for those who have limped on both their legs and have turned away from the truth and have been cast out of the divine inheritance, like Cain and Ishmael and Esau and Reuben and Er and Onan and Manasseh and Eliab and Amnon, the firstborn of the patriarchs and prophets, both cast out and rejected—for he says, My firstborn son is Israel; for he is not an only-begotten.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:90 · narrative
Source
ἑτέρου γὰρ ἐπεισαγωγὴ πρὸς υἱοθεσίαν θεσπεσίου λαοῦ καὶ εὐσεβοῦς ἠλπίζετο, κατὰ Θεὸν κτιζομένου καὶ εἰς υἱοθεσίαν προσαγομένου τὴν ἐν χάριτι διὰ τῆς ἐκβολῆς τοῦ πρωτοτόκου καὶ ἀπίστου Ἰσραήλ, ἐπαναστάντος τῷ νοητῷ Ἄβελ διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἀποκτείναντος κατὰ τὸν Κάϊν, καὶ ἐμπαίξαντος τῷ θείῳ τρόπῳ τοῦ νοητοῦ Ἰσαὰκ κατὰ τὸν Ἰσμαήλ, καὶ μανέντος κατὰ τοῦ νοητοῦ Ἰακὼβ ὡς Ἡσαῦ, καὶ τὸ σπέρμα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς κατ᾽ αὐτὴν δικαιοσύνης εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς πλάνης καὶ τῶν παθῶν ἐκχέαντος κατὰ τὸν Ἢρ καὶ Αὐνάν, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἐκκλησίαν, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι τὴν Θάμαρ, ἀρνησαμένου, καὶ τὴν λήθην οἰκειωσαμένου τῶν ἀρετῶν κατὰ τὸν Μανασσῆν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ νοητῷ Δαβὶδ λαβόντι τὴν βασιλείαν ἐξ ὑπερηφανίας διαπονηθέντος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐξουδενωθέντος κατὰ τὸν Ἐλιάφ, καὶ ξένης παρανομίας γενομένου δημιουργοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ἀμνών, οὐ τούτους τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους υἱοὺς καὶ χωλάναντας ἀπὸ τῶν τρίβων αὐτῶν, τοὺς μανίας καὶ φόνου πνέοντας, τοὺς σαρκικοὺς ὄντως καὶ σαρκῶν μόνων υἱούς, τοὺς ξένους τῆς χάριτος, ὧν Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία καὶ ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν, ὧν τῆς ἀπιστίας ἀπόλοιτο τὸ μνημόσυνον μετ᾽ ἤχου, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἔφην, τὸν πιστὸν καὶ πνευματικὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ὁρῶντα Θεὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως, τὸν ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν συνειλεγμένον κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν χάριτος εἰς περιποίησιν λαὸν καὶ ἅγιον ἔθνος καὶ βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα ἐπηγγείλατο δώσειν διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου πρὸς τὴν παρθένον χρηματίζων ὁ Θεὸς τῷ ἐξ αὐτῆς τεχθησομένῳ Σωτῆρι τῶν ὅλων·
English
For the introduction of another, divinely inspired and devout people was hoped for, unto adoption, a people built according to God and brought unto adoption in grace through the casting out of the firstborn and faithless Israel, who rose up against the intelligible Abel through envy and killed him after the manner of Cain, and mocked the divine manner of the intelligible Isaac after the manner of Ishmael, and raged against the intelligible Jacob as Esau, and poured out the seed of faith and of the righteousness according to it into the land of error and of the passions after the manner of Er and Onan, and denied the Church of God, as those men denied Tamar, and made forgetfulness of the virtues their own after the manner of Manasseh, and was greatly vexed with pride against the intelligible David when he received the kingdom, and for this reason was set at nought after the manner of Eliab, and became a maker of strange lawlessness after the manner of Amnon—not these alien sons and those who halt from their paths, who breathe madness and murder, who are truly fleshly and sons of flesh only, who are strangers to grace, whose god is their belly and whose glory is in their shame, whose memorial of faithlessness—may it perish with a sound—but, as I said, the faithful and spiritual Israel and the one who sees God through faith, the one gathered from all the nations by the election of grace into a people for his possession and a holy nation and a royal priesthood, God promised to give, when he spoke through the angel to the virgin concerning the Savior of all who was to be born of her.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:91 · narrative
Source
ὅπερ δι᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων ἐκβάσεως τὴν οἰκείαν ἐδέξατο πίστωσιν, τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίας πληρώσαντος καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐν τῷ νοητῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἐνευλογήσαντός τε καὶ υἱοθετήσαντος καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν καταστήσαντος ἐν Πνεύματι διὰ τῆς πίστεως αὐτὸν πατέρα τὸν Ἀβραὰμ καὶ καθεσθέντος ἐν τῷ πνευματικῷ θρόνῳ τοῦ Δαβὶδ καὶ βασιλεύοντος ἐπὶ τὸν πιστὸν οἶκον τοῦ Ἰακὼβ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας βασιλείαν πέρας οὐκ ἔχουσαν. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ἐπί τοῦ Ἱεροβοάμ ἀπέστη ὁ Ἰσραήλ τοῦ οἴκου Δαβίδ ἀπιστήσας τῷ Θεῷ. 2. Ἀπαρίθμησις τῶν ἀπό τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκβεβλημένων πρωτοτόκων, οἷς εἰκαζόμενος καί ὁ Ἰσραηλίτης λαός. Κἄν δῶμεν περί αὐτοῦ συμπεριφορικῶς εἰρῆσθαι τό· Υἱός μου πρωτότοκος Ἰσραήλ, ὡς πρωτότοκος ἀποβέβληται διά τήν τοῦ μετ᾿ αὐτόν εἰσποιηθέντος λαοῦ τῶν ἐθνῶν διά πίστεως κλῆσιν. 3. Τούς ἐπιβουλευθέντας ὑπό τῶν πρωτοτόκων ἀδελφούς, φέρειν τύπον φησί τοῦ Κυρίου καί τοῦ κατά πίστιν νέου λαοῦ. ΚΔ (24). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΔΙΕΛΘΩΝ ΠΡΩΤΗΝ ΚΑΙ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΑΝ ΦΥΛΑΚΗΝ". 24. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΚΔ' Τί ἐστι τὸ ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι περὶ τοῦ Πέτρου κείμενον διελθόντες πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν, ἤλθομεν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηράν; Ἀπόκρισις.
English
This very thing received its own confirmation through the actual outcome of events, since the Lord fulfilled the promises made to the fathers and blessed all the nations in the spiritual Abraham and adopted them as sons, and established Abraham as father of all the nations in the Spirit through faith, and sat upon the spiritual throne of David and reigns over the faithful house of Jacob unto the ages with a kingdom that has no end. SCHOLIA 1. In the time of Jeroboam, Israel revolted from the house of David, having become faithless to God. 2. A reckoning of the firstborn cast out from the beginning of the age, to whom the Israelite people also is likened. Even if we grant that the words "Israel is my firstborn son" were spoken of him in a accommodative sense, he has been cast off as a firstborn because of the calling of the people of the nations who were adopted after him through faith. 3. The brothers who were plotted against by the firstborn, he says, bear a type of the Lord and of the new people according to faith. 24 (KD). CONCERNING "HAVING PASSED THE FIRST AND SECOND GUARD". 24. QUESTION 24: What is the meaning of what is written in the Acts concerning Peter, "having passed the first guard and the second, we came to the iron gate"? Answer.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:92 · narrative
Source
Ὁ πιστὸς κατὰ τὸν ἅγιον Πέτρον καὶ πρακτικὸς νοῦς, ὑπὸ Ἡρῴδου κρατούμενος, τοῦ δερματίνου νόμουδερμάτινος γὰρ ὁ Ηρῴδης ἑρμηνεύεται, ὅπέρ ἐστι τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκός, ὑπὸ δύο συγκλείεται φυλακὰς καὶ μίαν πύλην σιδηράν, πολεμούμενος ἔκ τε τῆς τῶν παθῶν ἐνεργείας καὶ τῆς κατὰ διάνοιαν ἐπὶ τοῖς πάθεσι συγκαταθέσεως· ἅστινας καθάπερ φυλακάς, ἤγουν εἱρκτάς, διὰ τοῦ λόγου τῆς πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας ὡς δι᾽ ἀγγέλου διαπεράσας, ἔρχεται ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηράν, τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, τὴν πρὸς τὰ αἰσθητὰ λέγω τῶν αἰσθήσεων στερρὰν καὶ ἀπότομον καὶ δυσκαταμάχητον σχέσιν· ἣν ὁ τῆς φυσικῆς ἐν πνεύματι θεωρίας διανοίγων λόγος, αὐτοματὶ πρὸς τὰ συγγενῆ νοητὰ λοιπὸν ἀφόβως τὸν νοῦν παραπέμπει, τῆς Ἡρῴδου μανίας ἐλεύθερον. ΣΧΟΛΙΟΝ. 1. Φυλακάς εἶπεν τήν ἕξιν τῆς κακίας καί τήν ἐνέργειαν χαρακτήρ γάρ τῆς ἕξεως ἡ συγκατάθεσις, ὑφ᾿ ἅς ὁ πονηρός ποιεῖν ἀγωνίζεται τούς ἁγίους. Πύλην δέ σιδηρᾶν τήν πρός τά αἰσθητά φυσικήν τῶν αἰσθήσεων σχέσιν, ὧν καθάπερ ἄγγελος ἐξαιρεῖται τόν ἀληθῶς πιστόν, ὁ τῆς πρακτικῆς γνώσεως λόγος. ΚΕ (25). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΠΑΝΤΟΣ ΑΝΔΡΟΣ ΚΕΦΑΛΗ Ο ΧΡΙΣΤΟΣ", ΚΑΙ ΤΑ ΕΞΗΣ. 25. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΚΕ' Τί ἐστι θέλω ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι ὅτι παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἡ κεφαλὴ ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν, κεφαλὴ δὲ γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ, κεφαλὴ δὲ Χριστοῦ ὁ Θεός, καὶ πᾶς ἀνὴρ προσευχόμενος ἢ προφητεύων κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ· πᾶσα δὲ γυνὴ προσευχομένη ἢ προφητεύουσα ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς· ἓν γὰρ καὶ τὸ αὐτό ἐστι τῇ ἐξυρημένῃ;
English
The faithful and practical mind, according to Saint Peter, when held by Herod—for Herod is interpreted as "leathern," that is, the mind of the flesh—is confined by two prisons and one iron gate, being warred upon both by the activity of the passions and by the mind's consent to the passions. These, like prisons—that is, guardhouses—he passes through by the word of practical philosophy as by an angel, and comes to the iron gate that leads into the city, I mean the firm and steep and hard-to-conquer attachment of the senses to sensible things. This gate the word of natural contemplation in the Spirit opens, and thereafter sends the mind without fear, of its own accord, to the kindred intelligible realities, free from the madness of Herod. SCHOLION. 1. He called "prisons" the habit of evil and its activity; for the consent is the mark of the habit, under which the wicked one strives to make the saints do [evil]. And the "iron gate" is the natural attachment of the senses to sensible things, from which the word of practical knowledge, as an angel, rescues the truly faithful one. KE (25). CONCERNING "THE HEAD OF EVERY MAN IS CHRIST," AND WHAT FOLLOWS. 25. QUESTION 25: What is "I want you to know that the head of every man is Christ, and the head of a woman is the man, and the head of Christ is God, and every man who prays or prophesies with his head covered dishonors his head; but every woman who prays or prophesies with her head uncovered dishonors her head; for it is one and the same as the shorn woman"?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:93 · narrative
Source
Καὶ τί πάλιν ἐστὶ τὸ διὰ τοῦτο ὀφείλει ἡ γυνὴ ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους; Ἀπόκρισις. Ἰστέον ὅτι παντὸς ἀνδρὸς εἰπὼν ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος εἶναι κεφαλὴν τὸν Χριστὸν πιστοῦ δηλονότι κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν καὶ τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν εὐσεβῶν δογμάτων ἀνδρὸς ἀπεφήνατο κεφαλὴν εἶναι τὸν Χριστόν, τῆς περιεκτικῆς σημασίας οὐ συμπερικλειούσης τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τοὺς ἀπίστους ἄνδρας. Πῶς γὰρ καὶ εἴη κεφαλὴ τῶν μὴ πιστευόντων ὁ Χριστός; Οὐκοῦν κατὰ μίαν ἐπιβολήν, τῷ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς προσβαίνοντες λόγῳ, φαμὲν ἄνδρα εἶναι τὸν πρακτικὸν νοῦν, κεφαλὴν ἔχοντα τὸν λόγον τῆς πίστεως· πρὸς ὃν ὡς Χριστὸν ἀφορῶν, ταῖς τῶν ἐντολῶν χάρισιν ᾠκοδομημένον διὰ τῆς πράξεως τὸν οἰκεῖον συνίστησι βίον ὁ νοῦς, μὴ καταισχύνων τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, τουτέστι τὴν πίστιν, τινὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς κατὰ τὴν ὕλην ἐπικαλυμμάτων, ἐκ τοῦ μηδὲν ὑπεράνω τῆς πίστεως τιθέναι τῶν προσκαίρων καὶ λυομένων. Γυναῖκα δὲ τοῦ τοιούτου νοὸς εἶναί φαμεν αὐτὴν τὴν ἕξιν τῆς πράξεως, πολλοῖς καὶ διαφόροις κομῶσάν τε καὶ κατακεκαλυμμένην πρακτικοῖς λογισμοῖς τε καὶ ἤθεσι, μᾶλλον δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν νοῦν ὡς κεφαλὴν ἰδίαν κατὰ τὴν τῶν τοιούτων λογισμῶν τε καὶ τρόπων πύκνωσιν καὶ εὐπρέπειαν ἔχουσαν κεκαλυμμένον. Χριστὸν δέ φαμεν εἶναι τὴν ἐνυπόστατον πίστιν, ἧς κεφαλὴ σαφῶς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός, πρὸς ὃν ἄγει τῆς πίστεως ὁ λόγος, δεικνὺς τῷ ἀναγομένῳ τὸν ἐν ᾧ κατὰ φύσιν ὑπάρχει Θεόν.
English
And what again is the meaning of "for this cause the woman ought to have authority on her head, because of the angels"? Answer. It should be known that when the divine apostle said that Christ is the head of every man—clearly of the faithful man, according to the practice of the divine commandments and the contemplation of pious doctrines—he declared that Christ is the head of man, the inclusive signification not enclosing in its statement unbelieving men as well. For how could Christ be the head of those who do not believe? Therefore, advancing by a single approach to the word of anagogical interpretation, we say that the man is the practical mind, having as its head the word of faith; looking toward this as toward Christ, the mind establishes its own life built up through practice by the graces of the commandments, not putting its head to shame—that is, its faith—by any of the outward coverings pertaining to matter, by not placing any of the temporary and dissoluble things above faith. And we say that the woman of such a mind is the very habit of practice, adorned and covered with many and various practical thoughts and dispositions—or rather, that the mind itself, as its own head, is covered according to the density and comeliness of such thoughts and manners. And we say that Christ is the subsistent faith, whose head is clearly God, to whom the word of faith leads, showing to the one being led up the God in whom He exists by nature.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:94 · narrative
Source
Καὶ πάλιν ἀνήρ ἐστιν ὁ τῆς φυσικῆς ἐν πνεύματι θεωρίας ἐπιμελούμενος νοῦς, κεφαλὴν ἔχων τὸν κατὰ πίστιν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὁρωμένων διακοσμήσεως γενεσιουργὸν τοῦ παντὸς λόγον διαδεικνύμενον, ὃν οὐ καταισχύνει καλύπτων καὶ οἷον ὑποτιθείς τινι τῶν ὁρωμένων ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἄλλο τὸ παράπαν αὐτοῦ ποιούμενος ὑψηλότερον. Γυνὴ δὲ τοῦ τοιούτου νοός ἐστιν ἡ σύνοικος αἴσθησις, δι᾽ ἧς ἐπιβατεύει τῇ φύσει τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς θειοτέρους ἀναλέγεται λόγους, μὴ συγχωρῶν τῶν λογικῶν αὐτὴν ἀποκαλυφθεῖσαν ἐπιβλημάτων ἀλογίας γενέσθαι καὶ ἁμαρτίας ὑπουργόν, τοῦ νοὸς εἰς κεφαλὴν διὰ τῆς τῶν θειοτέρων λόγων ὡς ἐπικαλυμμάτων ἀποβολῆς ἀνταλλαξαμένην τῆς ἀλογίας τὸ πάθος. Κεφαλὴ δὲ Χριστοῦ, τουτέστι τοῦ κατὰ πίστιν διὰ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν τῶν γεγονότων θεωρίας ἀναλόγως τοῖς οὖσι διαφαινομένου δημιουργικοῦ λόγου, ἔστιν ὁ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν αὐτὸν γεννῶν ἀπόρρητος νοῦς· πρὸς ὃν ὁ Λόγος δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν ἀναγόμενον διὰ τῆς τῶν ὄντων εὐσεβοῦς θεωρίας καθίστησι νοῦν, χορηγῶν αὐτῷ συμμέτρους κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν τῶν ὁρατῶν τὰς νοητὰς τῶν θείων ἐμφάσεις. Καὶ αὖθις ἀνήρ ἐστιν ὁ τῆς μυστικῆς θεολογίας ἐντὸς γενόμενος νοῦς, κεφαλὴν ἔχων ἀκατακάλυπτον τὸν Χριστόν, τουτέστι τὸν ταῖς ἀναποδείκτοις
English
And again, the man is the intellect that devotes itself to the natural contemplation in the Spirit, having as its head the principle that creates all things, made manifest through faith from the ordering of things seen, which the intellect does not put to shame by covering it and, as it were, placing it beneath something among things seen, and making it altogether lower than itself. And the woman of such an intellect is the perception that dwells with it, through which it mounts upon the nature of things perceived and gathers the more divine principles within them, not permitting it, when it has been uncovered of the rational coverings, to become a servant of irrationality and sin—the intellect having exchanged, for a head, through the casting off of the more divine principles as coverings, the passion of irrationality. And the head of Christ—that is, of the creative principle that appears by faith through the natural contemplation of created things, proportionately to the things that exist—is the ineffable intellect that begets him in essence; to which the Word, through himself, establishes the intellect that is led up through the pious contemplation of things that exist, supplying it with the intelligible impressions of divine things, measured to its knowledge of things seen. And again, the man is the intellect that has come within mystical theology, having as its head Christ uncovered—that is, the one who by irrefutable
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:95 · narrative
Source
μυσταγωγίαις ἀγνώστως νοούμενον, ἢ κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀνοήτως γινωσκόμενον λόγον τῆς πίστεως, ὑπὲρ ὃν οὐδὲν τίθεται τῶν ὄντωνοὐκ αἴσθησιν οὐ λόγον οὐ νοῦν οὐ νόησιν οὐ γνῶσιν οὐ γινωσκόμενον οὐ νοούμενον οὐ λεγόμενον οὐκ αἰσθητὸν οὐκ αἰσθανόμενονὁ τὴν ἐπαινετὴν καὶ ὑπερέχουσαν ἑαυτοῦ τε καὶ τῶν ὄντων παντελῆ καὶ διαφερόντως θεοποιὸν στέρησιν συνασκούμενος νοῦς. Γυνὴ δὲ τοῦ τοιούτου νοός ἐστιν ἡ πάσης αἰσθητῆς φαντασίας καθαρεύουσα διάνοια, καθάπερ κεφαλὴν ἔχουσα τὸν νοῦν, ταῖς ἀνάρχοις καὶ ὑπὲρ νόησιν τῶν ἀρρήτων καὶ ἀγνώστων δογμάτων ἐπιβολαῖς πεπυκασμένον. Κεφαλὴ δὲ Χριστοῦ, τουτέστι τοῦ καθ᾽ ὑπεροχὴν μυστικῶς ἀποπεφασμένου λόγου, ἔστιν ὁ πάντων ἀπολύτως κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀπείρως ἐξῳκισμένος Νοῦς, ὃν ὡς φύσει Νοῦ Λόγος ὑπάρχων ὁ Χριστὸς νοούμενος ποιεῖ γνωστὸν τοῖς ἀξίοις. Ὁ γὰρ ἑωρακὼς ἐμέ, φησίν, ἑώρακε τὸν Πατέρα. Καὶ γὰρ ἀληθῶς ἡ τοῦ Λόγου νόησις ἀρίδηλος τοῦ γεννήσαντος αὐτὸν Νοῦ καθέστηκε γνῶσις, ὡς ἐν ἑαυτῷ δεικνύντος ὑφιστάμενον κατ᾽ οὐσίαν τὸν Νοῦν, πρὸς ὃν ἀνάγει τὸν ἐφιέμενον τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν κατὰ χάριν ταὐτότητος νοῦν, ἀπολυθέντα τῆς ἐν πλήθει τῶν ὄντων κατὰ τὴν νόησιν διαφορᾶς καὶ ποσότητος καὶ εἰς θεοειδῆ μονάδα συναχθέντα τῇ ταὐτότητί τε καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς περὶ Θεὸν ἐπιτατικῆς ἀεικινησίας.
English
the word of faith, understood unknowably through mystical initiations, or, to speak more properly, known without understanding—beyond which nothing of existing things is placed: not perception, not reason, not intellect, not thought, not knowledge; neither known nor thought nor spoken nor perceptible nor perceived—the intellect that cultivates the praiseworthy and transcendent deprivation of itself and of existing things, wholly and pre-eminently deifying. And the wife of such an intellect is the mind purified of all sensory imagination, having as its head the intellect, covered over by the unoriginate and supra-intellectual apprehensions of the ineffable and unknowable doctrines. And the head of Christ—that is, of the word that has been mystically declared pre-eminently—is the Intellect absolutely and in every way infinitely removed from all things, whom Christ, being by nature the Word of the Intellect, makes known to those who are worthy when he is understood. For he says, He who has seen me has seen the Father. For truly the understanding of the Word is the manifest knowledge of the Intellect that begot him, since he shows in himself the Intellect subsisting in essence, to whom he leads the intellect that aspires to identity with God according to grace, once it has been released from the difference and quantity in the multitude of existing things according to thought and has been gathered into a Godlike monad by the identity and simplicity of the intensively ever-moving motion around God.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:96 · narrative
Source
Πᾶς τοιγαροῦν πρακτικὸς νοῦς προσευχόμενος ἢ προφητεύων, τουτέστι τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐξαιτούμενος λόγους οὕτω γὰρ νοητέον τὸ προσευχόμενοςἢ τοὺς αὐτῶν τοῖς ἔργοις ἐκφαίνων τρόπουςοὕτω γὰρ ἐκληπτέον τὸ προφητεύων,, μόνον ὁρᾶν ὤφειλε γυμνὸν τὸν τῆς πίστεως λόγον, μηδὲν νοῶν ἢ λογιζόμενος ἢ ποιῶν κατὰ πρόσκλησιν ἐπικαλύπτων τὴν κεφαλήν, ὑπὲρ αὐτὴν ἄλλό τι τιθέμενος. Καὶ πᾶσα γυνή, τουτέστι πρακτικοῦ νοὸς ἕξις, προσευχομένη ἢ προφητεύουσα ἤγουν κατὰ διάθεσιν ἀφανῶς κινουμένη ἢ τοῖς ἐκτὸς ἤθεσι διαπλάττουσα τὴν ἀρετὴν ἄνευ λογικῆς διακρίσεως, καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς, πρὸς πάθος μετερχομένη τὸ ἀγαθόν, οἷα τοῦ καλλωπίζοντος, ὡς ἐπιβλήματος, ἐστερημένη λόγου. Καὶ πᾶς νοῦς τὴν φυσικὴν ἀσκούμενος θεωρίαν, προσευχόμενος ἢ προφητεύων κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων, τουτέστι γνωστικῶς τοὺς τῶν ὄντων λόγους ἐπιζητῶν ἢ τούτους διδασκαλικῶς ἄλλοις παραδιδοὺς μετὰ τῆς πρὸς ἄλλό τι καθ᾽ οἱονδήποτε τρόπον ῥοπῆς ἄνευ τοῦ κατ᾽ εὐσέβειαν σκοποῦ, καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, ὡς ὑπερθέμενός τι τῶν παρερχομένων τῆς ὀρθῆς κατ᾽ εὐσέβειαν γνώσεως. Καὶ πᾶσα γυνή, τουτέστιν αἴσθησις, φυσικῶς τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς προσβάλλουσα, κατὰ κεφαλῆς μὴ ἔχουσα τοὺς νοεροὺς τῶν ὁρωμένων λόγους αὐτὴν περικαλύπτοντας, καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς, πρὸς πάθος διὰ τὴν φυσικὴν σχέσιν τὴν τῶν ὁρωμένων ἐπερχομένη θεωρίαν.
English
Every practical intellect, therefore, when it prays or prophesies—that is, when it asks for the principles of the virtues (for so must "prays" be understood), or when it reveals their modes through works (for so must "prophesies" be understood)—ought to see only the bare word of faith, understanding or reasoning or doing nothing that covers the head by way of a covering, placing something else above it. And every woman, that is, the habit of a practical intellect, when she prays or prophesies—that is, when she is moved invisibly by disposition, or forms virtue by outward habits—without rational discernment, shames her head, pursuing the good toward passion, as one deprived of the word that adorns, as of a covering. And every intellect that practices natural contemplation, when it prays or prophesies with a covering on its head—that is, when it seeks the principles of beings in a gnostic manner, or hands them on to others in a didactic manner, with a leaning toward something else in any way whatever, without the aim of piety—shames its head, as having placed something above the right knowledge according to piety, something that passes away. And every woman, that is, sense perception, when it naturally assails sensible things without having the noetic principles of the things seen covering it, shames its head, coming upon the contemplation of things seen toward passion because of natural attachment.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:97 · narrative
Source
Καὶ πᾶς νοῦς μυστικῆς γενόμενος ἐραστὴς θεολογίας, προσευχόμενος ἢ προφητεύων κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων, τουτέστι ταῖς ἀδύτοις ἐμβατεύων ἀγνώστως θεωρίαις ἢ διδάσκων καὶ μυσταγωγῶν ἄλλους πρὸς θεολογίαν, εἴ τινα μορφὴν σχοίη νοήσεως, τὸν ὑπὲρ νόησιν λόγον μυσταγωγούμενος ἢ μυσταγωγῶν, καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἁπλοῦν καὶ ὑπερέκεινα πάσης νοήσεως ὑποθείς τινι τῶν ὄντων καὶ γινωσκομένων, δέον πάσης αὐτὸν γυμνὸν ἐννοίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀνομμάτως ὁρᾶν τὸν ἀληθῆ Θεὸν Λόγον, γινώσκοντα σαφῶς ὡς ἐπὶ Θεοῦ μᾶλλον αἱ καθ᾽ ὑπεροχὴν στερήσεις ἀληθεύουσι, ποσῶς μηνύουσαι τὴν θείαν θέσιν διὰ τῆς τῶν ὄντων παντελοῦς ἀφαιρέσεως. Καὶ πᾶσα γυνή, διάνοια τοῦ τοιούτου νοός, προσευχομένη ἢ προφητεύουσα ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ, τουτέστιν ἄφετος τῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ πολλοῖς πεπυκνωμένης μυστικοῖς θεωρήμασι νοερᾶς δυνάμεως, καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς, ἀποβαλομένη τήν, ὡς κεφαλὴν καλύπτουσαν τὸν νοῦν, θείαν καὶ ἀπόρρητον γνῶσιν.
English
And every intellect that has become a lover of mystical theology, when it prays or prophesies with its head covered—that is, when it enters unknowingly into the innermost sanctuaries of contemplation, or teaches and initiates others into theology—if it holds any form of thought, being initiated into or initiating others into the Word that is beyond thought, shames its own head, subjecting the simple and transcendent-over-all-thought Word to some one of the things that exist and are known, when it ought, stripped bare of every concept and knowledge, to see the true God the Word without eyes of the mind, knowing clearly that in the case of God the negations by way of transcendence are more true, somehow indicating the divine position through the complete removal of existing things. And every woman, the faculty of understanding of such an intellect, when she prays or prophesies with her head uncovered—that is, with the noetic power within her set free from the many mystical contemplations that have thickened upon it—shames her own head, having cast off the divine and ineffable knowledge that covers the intellect as a head.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:98 · narrative
Source
Πᾶς οὖν ἀνήρ, ἤγουν νοῦς πρακτικὸς ἢ φυσικὸς ἢ θεολογικός, προσευχόμενος ἢ προφητεύων, τουτέστι διδασκόμενος ἢ διδάσκων, ἀκατακάλυπτον ἐχέτω τὴν κεφαλήν, τὸν Χριστόν, ὁ μὲν πρακτικός, μηδὲν πίστεως καὶ ἀρετῆς προκρίνων, ὁ δὲ φυσικός, μηδένα τοῦ πρώτου Λόγου ποιούμενος ἄλλον ἀνώτερον, ὁ δὲ θεολογικός, τὸν ὑπὲρ νόησιν καὶ γνῶσιν καθ᾽ ὁτιοῦν μὴ σχηματίζων ταῖς διὰ τῶν ὄντων νοήσεσι. Καὶ πᾶσα γυνή, τουτέστιν ἕξις πρακτικοῦ ἢ αἴσθησις φυσικοῦ ἢ σοφὴ διάνοια θεολογικοῦ νοός, κατακαλυπτέσθω τὴν κεφαλήν, ἡ μὲν πρακτικὴ ἕξις, τῶν ποιητέων καὶ οὐ ποιητέων ἐπικειμένην ἔχουσα τὴν τοῦ λόγου διάκρισιν, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις, τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς ὁρωμένοις ἐπιστημονικὴν τοῦ λόγου δύναμιν, ἡ δὲ διάνοια, τὴν παντελῶς ἀναπόδεικτον τῶν ὑπὲρ νόησιν γνῶσιν. Πᾶσα γὰρ ἕξις ἢ αἴσθησις ἢ διάνοια, μὴ καλυπτομένη κατὰ τὸν ἀποδοθέντα τρόπον, οὐδὲν διαφέρει τῆς ἐξυρημένης, τουτέστι τῆς μηδένα λόγον ἐχούσης ἀρετῆς ἢ θεοσεβείας ἢ γνώσεως μυστικῆς καὶ θείας ἀγάπης.
English
Every man, then—that is, the practical or the natural or the theological intellect—when he prays or prophesies, that is, when he is taught or teaches, let him have his head uncovered, namely Christ: the practical man, preferring nothing to faith and virtue; the natural man, holding no other thing higher than the first Logos; the theological man, not shaping in any way by the concepts drawn from beings the One who is beyond understanding and knowledge. And every woman—that is, the habit of the practical intellect, or the perception of the natural, or the wise thought of the theological intellect—let her cover her head: the practical habit, having the discernment of the Logos set over what is to be done and what is not to be done; the perception, the scientific power of the Logos concerning things seen; the thought, the wholly undemonstrable knowledge of things beyond understanding. For every habit or perception or thought that is not covered in the manner described differs in no way from a woman shorn—that is, from virtue or piety or mystical knowledge and divine love that has no Logos at all.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:99 · narrative
Source
Ὀφείλει γοῦν ἔχειν καὶ διὰ τὸ εἰκὸς πᾶσα τοιαύτη γυνὴ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ λόγου διαπαντὸς ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς, λέγω δὲ τὴν λογικὴν ἐπιστασίαν, καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοὺς θεωμένους ἡμῶν τά τε φανερὰ καὶ ἀφανῆ κινήματα καὶ ἀπογραφομένους πᾶν νόημα καὶ ποίημα πρὸς ἔπαινον ἢ ἔλεγχον ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ φοβερᾷ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς διαγνώσεως, καὶ διὰ τοὺς κατὰ συνείδησιν λογισμούς, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἀγγέλους τροπικῶς νοουμένους, ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις παρ᾽ ἡμῶν κατηγοροῦντας ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένους νῦν τε καὶ ὕστερον κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς κρίσεως, καὶ διὰ τοὺς πονηροὺς ἀγγέλους τοὺς φυλαττομένους ἡμῶν καὶ ἕξιν καὶ αἴσθησιν καὶ διάνοιαν, ἵνα, ἐπὰν ἴδωσι γυμνωθεῖσαν τῆς λογικῆς τε καὶ νοερᾶς διακρίσεως καὶ εὐσεβείας καὶ γνώσεως, ἐπιθῶνται τὴν τῶν ἐναντίων αὐταῖς δημιουργοῦντες γένεσιν, ἀδιακρισίαν λέγω καὶ ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἄγνοιαν, δι᾽ ὧν κακίαν καὶ πλάνην καὶ ἀθεΐαν ἐνεργεῖν οἱ πονηροὶ πεφύκασι δαίμονες. Κεφαλὴ δὲ Χριστοῦ ὁ Θεὸς εἴρηται, ὡς Λόγου φύσει Νοῦς κατ᾽ αἰτίαν ἀρχή. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ὅτι ἀνήρ ἐστι καί ὁ τὴν πρακτικήν φιλοσοφίαν μετερχόμενος νοῦς. 2. Κεφαλήν εἶπεν τόν Χριστόν, ὡς ὑπόστασιν τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν. Ἡ γάρ πίστις, κατά τόν θεῖον Ἀπόστολον, μελλόντων ἐστίν ὑπόστασις, καί πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων· ὅπερ ἐστίν αὐτός, ἐν ᾧπέρ εἰσιν οἱ θησαυροί τῆς σοφίας ἀπόκρυφοι, καί τῆς γνώσεως.
English
Every such woman, then, ought for what is fitting to have the authority of the word always upon her head—I mean the rational governance—and especially because of the angels, who behold our visible and invisible movements and record every thought and deed, to our praise or reproof on the fearful day of discernment; and because of the thoughts according to conscience, which are themselves figuratively understood as angels, accusing or else defending us for what is done by us, both now and afterward on the day of judgment; and because of the evil angels who watch our habit and perception and thought, so that when they see it stripped bare of rational and noetic discernment and piety and knowledge, they may set upon it, producing in them the genesis of their opposites—I mean indiscernment and impiety and ignorance—through which the evil demons are by nature wont to work wickedness and error and godlessness. And the head of Christ is said to be God, as being by nature Mind of the Word, in the manner of a cause, the beginning. SCHOLIA 1. That the man is also the intellect that pursues the practical philosophy. 2. He called Christ the head, as the subsistence of the good things to come. For faith, according to the divine Apostle, is the subsistence of things hoped for and the conviction of things not seen—which is himself, in whom are hidden the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:100 · narrative
Source
3. Ἐνυπόστατος πίσις ἐστίν, ἡ ἐνεργής καί ἔμπρακτος, καθ᾿ ἥν ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος ἐν τοῖς πρακτικοῖς δείκνυται ταῖς ἐντολαῖς σωματούμενος· δι᾿ ὧν ὡς Λόγος πρός τόν ἐν ᾧ κατά φύσιν ἐστίν ἀνάγει Πατέρα τούς πράττοντας. 4. Ὅτι ἀνήρ ἐστιν καί ὁ τήν φυσικήν θεωρίαν εὐσεβῶς ἀσκούμενος νοῦς, τόν κατά πίστιν τῇ διανοίᾳ θεωρητόν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον κεφαλήν ἔχων, ὡς αἰτίαν τῆς τῶν ὁρωμένων γενέσεως. 5. Ἐπειδή, φησίν, συνεπινοεῖται πάντως τῷ γενεσιουργῷ τῶν ὄντων Λόγῳ καί Νοῦς, πρός ὅν ἔχει κατ᾿ αἰτίαν τήν ἀναφοράν ὁ Λόγος· κεφαλήν τοῦ Χριστοῦ κέκληκε τόν Πατέρα ὡς Νοῦν Λόγου κατά φύσιν γεννήτορα. 6. Ὅτι ἀνήρ ἐστι, καί ὁ τήν μυστικήν διδασκόμενος θεολογίαν. 7. Καθ᾿ ὑπεροχήν ἐκδέχου τό ἀνοήτως. Ὑπέρ νόησιν γάρ τό πιστευόμενον, ὅπερ ἐστίν ὁ Θεός. 8. Ὁ τήν ἄμεσον τῇ καθ᾿ ὑπεροχήν στερήσει τῶν γενητῶν πρός τόν ἐπέκεινα παντός λόγου Λόγον ἀγνώστως λαβών, φησίν, αὐτοψίαν, αὐτόν ἔχει κεφαλήν τόν πάντη μονώτατον Λόγον· ὑπέρ ὅν ἤ μεθ᾿ οὗ, ἤ μεθ᾿ ὅν ἕτερος φύσει καθάπαξ οὐχ
English
3. Faith is substantial—active and practical—by which the Word of God is shown to be embodied in practical commandments; through these, as Word, he leads those who practice them up to the Father, in whom he is by nature. 4. For the man is also the mind that piously practices natural contemplation, having as head the Word of God, contemplated by faith in the understanding, as the cause of the generation of things seen. 5. Since, he says, Mind is altogether co-conceived with the Word that generates the things that exist, to which the Word has its reference by cause, he has called the Father the head of Christ, as Mind that by nature begets the Word. 6. For the man is also the one who is taught the mystical theology. 7. Understand “without understanding” by way of preeminence. For what is believed is beyond understanding, which is God. 8. The one who has received, unknowably, the immediate vision—by the preeminent privation of created things—of the Word beyond every word, he says, has as his head the altogether most singular Word himself; beyond whom, or with whom, or after whom, no other by nature at all exists
Citation. Tergwame, “PG_91A_2”, khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:1, machine-draft, 2026. https://naxiai.com/christian/works/khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2#s1
Colophon. Source: khazarzar · licence: see record · model: deepseek/deepseek-v4.1-flash:floor · provider: Baidu · cost: $0.0556 · generated 2026-11-15.